d/freebsd-skq
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull Requests Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

Remove GNU cpio after fix of CVE-2010-0624.

Browse Source 
Note that this is actually a no-op for most users, as this GNU
cpio was broken on -HEAD and 8-STABLE since last March until
the recent fix.

FreeBSD 8.0+ uses BSD cpio by default and the code is being
actively maintained.

Blessed by:	kientzle
With hat:	secteam
MFC after:	3 days
This commit is contained in:
delphij 2010-03-26 17:02:32 +00:00
parent 8e6a6c380c
commit c77aa7eff5
112 changed files with 6 additions and 26594 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

5
ObsoleteFiles.inc
View File

@ -14,6 +14,11 @@
# The file is partitioned: OLD_FILES first, then OLD_LIBS and OLD_DIRS last.
#
# 20100326: gcpio removal
OLD_FILES+=usr/bin/gcpio
OLD_FILES+=usr/share/info/cpio.info.gz
OLD_FILES+=usr/share/man/man1/gcpio.1.gz
# 20100322: libz update
OLD_LIBS+=lib/libz.so.5
.if ${TARGET_ARCH} == "amd64"

1101
contrib/cpio/ABOUT-NLS
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

6
contrib/cpio/AUTHORS
View File

@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
Authors of GNU cpio
Phil Nelson <phil@cs.wwu.edu>
David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
John Oleynick <juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu>
Sergey Poznyakoff <gray@mirddin.farlep.net>

340
contrib/cpio/COPYING
View File

@ -1,340 +0,0 @@
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2, June 1991
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
Preamble
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
rights.
We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
distribute and/or modify the software.
Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
authors' reputations.
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow.
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below,
refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
along with the Program.
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
parties under the terms of this License.
c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
collective works based on the Program.
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
the scope of this License.
3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
customarily used for software interchange; or,
c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
received the program in object code or executable form with such
an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
special exception, the source code distributed need not include
anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
itself accompanies the executable.
If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.
5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
the Program or works based on it.
6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
this License.
7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
circumstances.
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
impose that choice.
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
Foundation.
10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
NO WARRANTY
11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
when it starts in an interactive mode:
Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author
Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may
be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
`Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
Ty Coon, President of Vice
This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
Public License instead of this License.

1781
contrib/cpio/ChangeLog
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

29
contrib/cpio/FREEBSD-upgrade
View File

@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
$FreeBSD$
GNU cpio:
Originals can be found at: ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/cpio
Configure by:
./configure --disable-nls --without-libiconv-prefix \
--without-libintl-prefix
Trim by:
rm Makefile.am Makefile.in aclocal.m4 config.h.in configure \
configure.ac
rm -r headers m4 rmt tests scripts po
rm doc/Makefile.am doc/Makefile.in doc/mt.1 doc/cpio.info
rm src/Makefile.am src/Makefile.in
rm src/mt.c
rm lib/Makefile.am lib/Makefile.in lib/Makefile.tmpl lib/alloca.c \
lib/argmatch.[ch] lib/bcopy.c lib/fnmatch.c lib/fnmatch_.h \
lib/fnmatch_loop.c lib/mkdir.c lib/quote.[ch] \
lib/quotearg.[ch] lib/stdbool_.h lib/strcasecmp.c \
lib/strdup.c lib/strerror.c lib/strncasecmp.c lib/sysexit_.h
Import by:
cvs import -m "Import GNU cpio 2.6 (trimmed)" src/contrib/cpio \
GNU v2_6

234
contrib/cpio/INSTALL
View File

@ -1,234 +0,0 @@
Installation Instructions
*************************
Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2004, 2005,
2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is free documentation; the Free Software Foundation gives
unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
Basic Installation
==================
Briefly, the shell commands `./configure; make; make install' should
configure, build, and install this package. The following
more-detailed instructions are generic; see the `README' file for
instructions specific to this package.
The `configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for
various system-dependent variables used during compilation. It uses
those values to create a `Makefile' in each directory of the package.
It may also create one or more `.h' files containing system-dependent
definitions. Finally, it creates a shell script `config.status' that
you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, and a
file `config.log' containing compiler output (useful mainly for
debugging `configure').
It can also use an optional file (typically called `config.cache'
and enabled with `--cache-file=config.cache' or simply `-C') that saves
the results of its tests to speed up reconfiguring. Caching is
disabled by default to prevent problems with accidental use of stale
cache files.
If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try
to figure out how `configure' could check whether to do them, and mail
diffs or instructions to the address given in the `README' so they can
be considered for the next release. If you are using the cache, and at
some point `config.cache' contains results you don't want to keep, you
may remove or edit it.
The file `configure.ac' (or `configure.in') is used to create
`configure' by a program called `autoconf'. You need `configure.ac' if
you want to change it or regenerate `configure' using a newer version
of `autoconf'.
The simplest way to compile this package is:
1. `cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type
`./configure' to configure the package for your system.
Running `configure' might take a while. While running, it prints
some messages telling which features it is checking for.
2. Type `make' to compile the package.
3. Optionally, type `make check' to run any self-tests that come with
the package.
4. Type `make install' to install the programs and any data files and
documentation.
5. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the
source code directory by typing `make clean'. To also remove the
files that `configure' created (so you can compile the package for
a different kind of computer), type `make distclean'. There is
also a `make maintainer-clean' target, but that is intended mainly
for the package's developers. If you use it, you may have to get
all sorts of other programs in order to regenerate files that came
with the distribution.
Compilers and Options
=====================
Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that the
`configure' script does not know about. Run `./configure --help' for
details on some of the pertinent environment variables.
You can give `configure' initial values for configuration parameters
by setting variables in the command line or in the environment. Here
is an example:
./configure CC=c99 CFLAGS=-g LIBS=-lposix
*Note Defining Variables::, for more details.
Compiling For Multiple Architectures
====================================
You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the
same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their
own directory. To do this, you can use GNU `make'. `cd' to the
directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run
the `configure' script. `configure' automatically checks for the
source code in the directory that `configure' is in and in `..'.
With a non-GNU `make', it is safer to compile the package for one
architecture at a time in the source code directory. After you have
installed the package for one architecture, use `make distclean' before
reconfiguring for another architecture.
Installation Names
==================
By default, `make install' installs the package's commands under
`/usr/local/bin', include files under `/usr/local/include', etc. You
can specify an installation prefix other than `/usr/local' by giving
`configure' the option `--prefix=PREFIX'.
You can specify separate installation prefixes for
architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files. If you
pass the option `--exec-prefix=PREFIX' to `configure', the package uses
PREFIX as the prefix for installing programs and libraries.
Documentation and other data files still use the regular prefix.
In addition, if you use an unusual directory layout you can give
options like `--bindir=DIR' to specify different values for particular
kinds of files. Run `configure --help' for a list of the directories
you can set and what kinds of files go in them.
If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed
with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving `configure' the
option `--program-prefix=PREFIX' or `--program-suffix=SUFFIX'.
Optional Features
=================
Some packages pay attention to `--enable-FEATURE' options to
`configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package.
They may also pay attention to `--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE
is something like `gnu-as' or `x' (for the X Window System). The
`README' should mention any `--enable-' and `--with-' options that the
package recognizes.
For packages that use the X Window System, `configure' can usually
find the X include and library files automatically, but if it doesn't,
you can use the `configure' options `--x-includes=DIR' and
`--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations.
Specifying the System Type
==========================
There may be some features `configure' cannot figure out automatically,
but needs to determine by the type of machine the package will run on.
Usually, assuming the package is built to be run on the _same_
architectures, `configure' can figure that out, but if it prints a
message saying it cannot guess the machine type, give it the
`--build=TYPE' option. TYPE can either be a short name for the system
type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name which has the form:
CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM
where SYSTEM can have one of these forms:
OS KERNEL-OS
See the file `config.sub' for the possible values of each field. If
`config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't
need to know the machine type.
If you are _building_ compiler tools for cross-compiling, you should
use the option `--target=TYPE' to select the type of system they will
produce code for.
If you want to _use_ a cross compiler, that generates code for a
platform different from the build platform, you should specify the
"host" platform (i.e., that on which the generated programs will
eventually be run) with `--host=TYPE'.
Sharing Defaults
================
If you want to set default values for `configure' scripts to share, you
can create a site shell script called `config.site' that gives default
values for variables like `CC', `cache_file', and `prefix'.
`configure' looks for `PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then
`PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists. Or, you can set the
`CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script.
A warning: not all `configure' scripts look for a site script.
Defining Variables
==================
Variables not defined in a site shell script can be set in the
environment passed to `configure'. However, some packages may run
configure again during the build, and the customized values of these
variables may be lost. In order to avoid this problem, you should set
them in the `configure' command line, using `VAR=value'. For example:
./configure CC=/usr/local2/bin/gcc
causes the specified `gcc' to be used as the C compiler (unless it is
overridden in the site shell script).
Unfortunately, this technique does not work for `CONFIG_SHELL' due to
an Autoconf bug. Until the bug is fixed you can use this workaround:
CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash /bin/bash ./configure CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash
`configure' Invocation
======================
`configure' recognizes the following options to control how it operates.
`--help'
`-h'
Print a summary of the options to `configure', and exit.
`--version'
`-V'
Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the `configure'
script, and exit.
`--cache-file=FILE'
Enable the cache: use and save the results of the tests in FILE,
traditionally `config.cache'. FILE defaults to `/dev/null' to
disable caching.
`--config-cache'
`-C'
Alias for `--cache-file=config.cache'.
`--quiet'
`--silent'
`-q'
Do not print messages saying which checks are being made. To
suppress all normal output, redirect it to `/dev/null' (any error
messages will still be shown).
`--srcdir=DIR'
Look for the package's source code in directory DIR. Usually
`configure' can determine that directory automatically.
`configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options. Run
`configure --help' for more details.

155
contrib/cpio/NEWS
View File

@ -1,155 +0,0 @@
GNU cpio NEWS -- history of user-visible changes. 2007-06-08
Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
See the end of file for copying conditions.
Please send cpio bug reports to <bug-cpio@gnu.org>.
Version 2.8 - Sergey Poznyakoff, 2007-06-08
* Option --owner can be used in copy-out mode, allowing to uniformly override
ownership of the files being added to the archive.
* Bugfixes:
** Symlinks were handled incorrectly in copy-out mode.
** Fix handling of large files.
** Fix setting the file permissions in copy-out mode.
** Fix CAN-2005-1111
Version 2.7 - Sergey Poznyakoff, 2006-10-21
* Improved error checking and diagnostics
* Bugfixes
** Fixed CAN-1999-1572
** Allow to use --sparse in both copy-in and copy-pass.
** Fix bug that eventually caused copying out the same hard-linked
file several times to archive.
** Fix several LFS-related issues.
** Fix Debian bug 335580.
Version 2.6 - Sergey Poznyakoff, 2004-12-20
* Added NLS support
* Improved configure script
* Improved invocation consistency checking and help output
* Printing warning about truncation of inode numbers is suppressed by
default. See below.
* New option --warning (-W) controls the level of output warnings:
-Wnone Disables all warnings
-Wtruncate Enable warning about truncation of the inode number
-Wall Enables all warnings
To disable a particular warning, prefix its name with 'no-', just
like in gcc.
* New option --to-stdout extracts files to standard output.
* The output of `cpio --help' is largely improved.
* Bugfixes:
** If a file grew n bytes in copy-pass mode, these n bytes got prepended
to the contents of all subsequent files.
** Padding the archive with zero bytes upon truncation of the file being
archived was broken.
Major changes in version 2.5:
* bug fixes from Debian, Red Hat, and SuSE GNU/Linux Distribution patches
* --rsh-command option
Major changes in version 2.4:
* new texinfo documentation
* --sparse option to write sparse files
* --only-verify-crc option to verify a CRC format archive
* --no-absolute-paths option to ignore absolute paths
* --quiet option to supress printing number of blocks copied
* handle disk input errors more gracefully
Major changes in version 2.3:
* in newc and crc format archives, only store 1 copy of multiply linked files
* handle multiply linked devices properly
* handle multiply linked files with cpio -pl even when the source and
destination are on different file systems
* support HPUX Context Dependent Files
* read and write HPUX cpio archives
* read System V.4 POSIX tar archives and HPUX POSIX tar archives
* use rmdir, instead of unlink, to delete existing directories
Major changes in version 2.2:
* handle link counts correctly when reading binary cpio archives
* configure checks for some libraries that SVR4 needs
Major changes in version 2.1:
* cpio can access remote non-device files as well as remote devices
* fix bugs in the MS-DOS port
* add --swap equivalent to -b option
Version 2.0 adds the following features:
Support for the SVR4 cpio formats, which can store inodes >65535, and
for traditional and POSIX tar archives. Also adds these options:
-A --append append to instead of replacing the archive
-V --dot print a dot for each file processed
-H --format select archive format
-C --io-size select I/O block size in bytes
-M --message print a message at end of media volumes
--no-preserve-owner don't change files' owners when extracting
-R --owner set files' owners when extracting
-E --pattern-file list of shell filename patterns to process
-s --swap-bytes handle byte-order differences when extracting files
-S --swap-halfwords ditto
-b like -sS
-I input archive filename
-k recognize corrupted archives (we alawys do it, though)
-O output archive filename
Some options of previous versions have been renamed in 2.0:
--binary was replaced by --format=bin
--portability was replaced by --format=odc
Some options have changed meaning in 2.0, for SVR4 compatibility:
-O used to select the binary archive format, now selects the output file
-V used to print the version number, now prints a dot for each file
Version 2.0 also fixes several bugs in the handling of files with
multiple links and of multi-volume archives on floppy disks.
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Copyright information:
Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Permission is granted to anyone to make or distribute verbatim copies
of this document as received, in any medium, provided that the
copyright notice and this permission notice are preserved,
thus giving the recipient permission to redistribute in turn.
Permission is granted to distribute modified versions
of this document, or of portions of it,
under the above conditions, provided also that they
carry prominent notices stating who last changed them.
Local variables:
mode: outline
paragraph-separate: "[ ]*$"
eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
time-stamp-start: "changes. "
time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d"
time-stamp-end: "\n"
end:

71
contrib/cpio/README
View File

@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
This is GNU cpio, a program to manage archives of files.
As of version 2.0, it supports the features of the System V release 4
cpio, including support for tar archives.
This package also includes rmt, the remote tape server, and mt, a tape
drive control program; these two programs will only be compiled if
your system supports remote command execution, and tape drive control
operations, respectively.
See the file INSTALL for compilation and installation instructions for Unix.
For non-Unix systems [ Note: The non-Unix makefiles have not been tested
for this release ]
makefile.pc is a makefile for Turbo C or C++ or Borland C++ on MS-DOS.
makefile.os2 is a makefile for MS C and GNU C (emx/gcc) on OS/2.
cpio.def is a linker definition file for the MS C OS/2 version.
The main advantages of GNU cpio over Unix versions are:
* It can access tape drives on other hosts using TCP/IP.
* `-o' and `-p' can copy symbolic links either as symbolic links or,
with `-L', as the files they point to.
* `-i' automatically recognizes the archive format and tries to
recover from corrupted archives.
* The output of '-itv' looks like 'ls -l'.
* It accepts long-named options as well as traditional
single-character options.
A few features of other versions of cpio are missing from GNU cpio, including:
* The `-6' option to support Sixth Edition Unix cpio archives with `-i'.
* An option to limit volume size, like afio -s.
GNU cpio supports the POSIX.1 "ustar" tar format. GNU tar supports a
somewhat different, early draft of that format. That draft format has
a slightly different magic number in the tar header and doesn't
include the path prefix part of the header, which allows storing file
names that are longer than 100 characters. GNU cpio knows to
recognize the nonstandard GNU tar "ustar" archives.
The following patch to GNU tar 1.11.1 makes GNU tar recognize standard
"ustar" archives, such as GNU cpio produces, except that it won't use
the path prefix. Without this patch, GNU tar thinks that standard
"ustar" archives are old-format tar archives and can not use the extra
information that "ustar" format contains. If you use this patch,
remember that you will lose the beginnings of paths that are longer
than 100 characters. That's why it's not an official part of GNU tar.
(Adding support for the path prefix to GNU tar is not trivial.)
--- list.c.orig Mon Sep 14 17:04:03 1992
+++ list.c Wed Oct 14 14:02:28 1992
@@ -439,7 +439,7 @@
st->st_ctime = from_oct(1+12, header->header.ctime);
}
- if (0==strcmp(header->header.magic, TMAGIC)) {
+ if (0==strncmp(header->header.magic, TMAGIC, 5)) {
/* Unix Standard tar archive */
*stdp = 1;
if (wantug) {
Mail suggestions and bug reports for GNU cpio to bug-cpio@gnu.org.

20
contrib/cpio/THANKS
View File

@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
GNU cpio THANKS file
GNU cpio has originally been written by Phil Nelson <phil@cs.wwu.edu>
and David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>. It was further modified
by John Oleynick <juo@gnu.org> and Sergey Poznyakoff <gray@gnu.org>
who currently maintains it.
The following is a list of people who contributed to GNU cpio by
reporting problems, suggesting various improvements or submitting actual
code. Help us keep it complete and exempt of errors.
Benigno B. Junior <bbj@gentux.com.br>
Brian Mays <brian@debian.org>
Dmitry V. Levin <ldv@altlinux.org>
Jim Castleberry <bhg9aha02@sneakemail.com>
Holger Fleischmann <holger_fleischmann@mra.man.de>
Matthew Braithwaite <mab@cnet.com>
Mike Frysinger <vapier@gentoo.org>
Mitsuru Chinen <mchinen@yamato.ibm.com>
Peter Vrabec <pvrabec@redhat.com>

159
contrib/cpio/TODO
View File

@ -1,159 +0,0 @@
Following is the list of cpio-related reports to bug-gnu-utils.
Many of them appear to be fixed, but quite a number of them is
probably still waiting for being handled. The list is divided
into two parts, the messages are in somehow arbitrary order.
* Bug reports
--------------
** cpio -d bug (fwd) (score: 47)
Author: Christian Smith <csmith@micromuse.com>
Date: Wed, 14 Nov 2001 02:06:46 +0000 (GMT)
This was bounced from bug-cpio@bogus.example.com I guess that
isn't set up yet. -- /"\ \ / ASCII RIBBON CAMPAIGN - AGAINST
HTML MAIL X - AGAINST MS ATTACHMENTS / \ $ cpio --version GNU
cpio version 2
/archive/html/bug-gnu-utils/2001-11/msg00170.html (4,548 bytes)
** bug in cpio with tapechange in copy-in-mode (score: 34)
Author: Bernd =?ISO-8859-1?Q?Sch=FCler?=
<b.schueler@eckert-buerotechnik.de>
Date: 05 Aug 2002 18:37:56 +0200
Hello, last i made a restore from tape, and no request for next
tape happend, only an read-error occured. Here is an quick
patch, please verify the problem and the patch-code. I'm not
sure, if the pr
/archive/html/bug-gnu-utils/2002-08/msg00122.html (4,518 bytes)
** Re: bug in cpio? (score: 40)
Author: kasal@matsrv.math.cas.cz (Stepan Kasal)
Date: Thu, 13 Jun 2002 07:44:14 +0000 (UTC)
Hallo, the following option should help: -d, --make-directories
Create leading directories where needed. Details: cpio won't
create the directory for the file. Observe: kasal$ echo
/home/kasal/tmp/db
/archive/html/bug-gnu-utils/2002-06/msg00306.html (4,862 bytes)
** cpio 2.4.2 bug? (score: 40)
Author: "H.J. Thomassen" <H.J.Thomassen@ATComputing.nl>
Date: Thu, 10 Jan 2002 18:09:10 +0100 (CET)
Hello, We use GNU-cpio 2.4.2 and have the following problem:
Short: Assume I have a directory with two filenames, which are
hardlinks to the same i-node. I make a crc-cpio archive with
both files; th
/archive/html/bug-gnu-utils/2002-01/msg00161.html (5,624 bytes)
** These two seem to be related:
*** cpio copy-in and multiply-linked files (score: 35)
Author: Chris Jaeger <cjaeger@ensim.com>
Date: Tue, 07 Aug 2001 23:46:04 -0700
Hi, I was wondering whether it was a bug or a feature that GNU
cpio, while in copy-in mode, will create a multiply-linked set
of files all of size 0 if the last linked file is not copied in
due to th
/archive/html/bug-gnu-utils/2001-08/msg00074.html (4,142 bytes)
*** (no subject) (score: 2)
Author: brian@debian.org (Brian Mays)
Date: Sat, 07 Jul 2001 16:35:13 -0400
When hard-linked files (along with many other files) are
archived to a cpio ustar format archive, the files are _not_
all archived as hard links to each other in the archive. When
the same set of fil
/archive/html/bug-gnu-utils/2001-07/msg00080.html (5,666 bytes)
** These too:
*** Re: minor problems with slackware-current (score: 7)
Author: Cezary Sliwa <sliwa@cft.edu.pl>
Date: Wed, 1 Aug 2001 10:43:37 +0200
"cpio --sparse" corrupts data. A fix attached. C.S. Attachment:
cpio-2.4.2-sparse.diff Description: Text document
/archive/html/bug-gnu-utils/2001-08/msg00000.html (3,989 bytes)
*** cpio --sparse (score: 34)
Author: Cezary Sliwa <sliwa@cft.edu.pl>
Date: Mon, 26 Mar 2001 10:43:34 +0200 (CEST)
the '--sparse' option of gnu cpio causes data corruption
(blocks of zeros are lost or appended to other files). C.S.
/archive/html/bug-gnu-utils/2001-03/msg00235.html (3,671 bytes)
** And these too
*** cpio-2.4.2: data corruption bug (score: 35)
Author: Todd Kelley <toddk@oeone.com>
Date: Fri, 09 Feb 2001 17:00:06 -0500
Hello, Recently at OEone we fixed a bug in GNU cpio-2.4.2: When
a file over about 0.5 megabyes grows while it is being
archived, it and all files following it in the archive are
corrupted. The crc do
/archive/html/bug-gnu-utils/2001-02/msg00062.html (4,297 bytes)
*** cpio pass-through can corrupt files (score: 36)
Author: "Parrott, Jeff" <Jeff.Parrott@sea.siemens.com>
Date: Mon, 16 Oct 2000 13:32:57 -0400
I have seen corrupted files as a result of using the
pass-through option in cpio. The corruption occurs when
active/in-use (and growing) files are being copied. The problem
is that the file size has
/archive/html/bug-gnu-utils/2000-10/msg00087.html (4,974 bytes)
** cpio 2.4.2 unconditionally takes the tape drive offline (score:
39)
Author: Scott Larson <scowl@plaza.ds.adp.com>
Date: Thu, 11 Jan 2001 13:15:52 -0800
We have been copying multiple volumes to a single tape with the
System 5 version of cpio. The gnu version of cpio doesn't
support this since it takes the tape offline (i.e. ejects the
tape) after rea
/archive/html/bug-gnu-utils/2001-01/msg00087.html (4,264 bytes)
** cpio -t can see international filenames, find -ls also suffers
(score: 35)
Author: "Dan Jacobson" <jidanni@kimo.FiXcomTHiS.tw>
Date: Tue, 26 Dec 2000 07:38:53 +0800
GNU cpio version 2.4.2 with cpio -t I can see Chinese [big5]
filenames. with -tv, they become \267\247 etc Just like what
happens with find . -print vs. find . -ls --
http://www.geocities.com/jidanni
/archive/html/bug-gnu-utils/2000-12/msg00143.html (4,084 bytes)
* Suggestions
-------------
** GNU cpio suggestion (score: 42)
Author: "H.J.Thomassen" <hjt@ATComputing.nl>
Date: Mon, 17 Dec 2001 11:27:11 +0100
Re: suggestion for GNU-cpio extension (plus reference
implementation) We use cpio for our backup purposes. The backup
is started automatically in the middle of the night. To chase
away all users we d
/archive/html/bug-gnu-utils/2001-12/msg00244.html (7,474 bytes)
** cpio suggestion + patch (score: 38)
Author: Taylor Gautier <tgautier@s8.com>
Date: Fri, 20 Apr 2001 09:40:05 -0700
I have a suggestion for cpio. The suggestion is to make it copy
files into a temporary name and then rename the file as the
last operation. Since UNIX filesystems are supposed to
gaurantee atomicity
/archive/html/bug-gnu-utils/2001-04/msg00169.html (10,674
bytes)
** [cpio] man page enhancement: a Example section ? (score: 5)
Author: Yannick Patois <patois@calvix.org>
Date: Wed, 24 Oct 2001 12:48:33 +0200 (CEST)
Hello, I seldom use cpio (as I think many people) and only had
to use it once or twice. IMHA, would be good to have a small
section with an example of most often performed actions
(creating an archiv
/archive/html/bug-gnu-utils/2001-10/msg00270.html (4,336 bytes)
** Patch to cpio to enable verbose *skipping* of files (score: 40)
Author: Tomas Pospisek <tpo@sourcepole.ch>
Date: Mon, 8 Oct 2001 13:54:14 +0200 (CEST)
This patch enables cpio to be verbose about the files that it
does not copy, which is very handy for seeing cpio's progress
through a tape or simply for debuging. The patch along with a
Debian packag
/archive/html/bug-gnu-utils/2001-10/msg00083.html (4,548 bytes)

41
contrib/cpio/doc/cpio.1
View File

@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
.TH CPIO 1L \" -*- nroff -*-
.SH NAME
cpio \- copy files to and from archives
.SH SYNOPSIS
.B cpio
{\-o|\-\-create} [\-0acvABLV] [\-C bytes] [\-H format] [\-M message]
[\-O [[user@]host:]archive] [\-F [[user@]host:]archive]
[\-\-file=[[user@]host:]archive] [\-\-format=format] [\-\-message=message]
[\-\-null] [\-\-reset-access-time] [\-\-verbose] [\-\-dot] [\-\-append]
[\-\-block-size=blocks] [\-\-dereference] [\-\-io-size=bytes] [\-\-quiet]
[\-\-force\-local] [\-\-rsh-command=command] [\-\-help] [\-\-version]
< name-list [> archive]
.B cpio
{\-i|\-\-extract} [\-bcdfmnrtsuvBSV] [\-C bytes] [\-E file] [\-H format]
[\-M message] [\-R [user][:.][group]] [\-I [[user@]host:]archive]
[\-F [[user@]host:]archive] [\-\-file=[[user@]host:]archive]
[\-\-make-directories] [\-\-nonmatching] [\-\-preserve-modification-time]
[\-\-numeric-uid-gid] [\-\-rename] [\-t|\-\-list] [\-\-swap-bytes] [\-\-swap] [\-\-dot]
[\-\-unconditional] [\-\-verbose] [\-\-block-size=blocks] [\-\-swap-halfwords]
[\-\-io-size=bytes] [\-\-pattern-file=file] [\-\-format=format]
[\-\-owner=[user][:.][group]] [\-\-no-preserve-owner] [\-\-message=message]
[\-\-force\-local] [\-\-absolute\-filenames] [\-\-sparse]
[\-\-only\-verify\-crc] [\-\-quiet] [\-\-rsh-command=command] [\-\-help]
[\-\-version] [pattern...] [< archive]
.B cpio
{\-p|\-\-pass-through} [\-0adlmuvLV] [\-R [user][:.][group]]
[\-\-null] [\-\-reset-access-time] [\-\-make-directories] [\-\-link] [\-\-quiet]
[\-\-preserve-modification-time] [\-\-unconditional] [\-\-verbose] [\-\-dot]
[\-\-dereference] [\-\-owner=[user][:.][group]] [\-\-no-preserve-owner]
[\-\-sparse] [\-\-help] [\-\-version] destination-directory < name-list
.SH DESCRIPTION
GNU cpio is fully documented in the texinfo documentation. To access the
help from your command line, type
.PP
\fBinfo cpio
.PP
The online copy of the documentation is available at the following address:
.PP
http://www.gnu.org/software/cpio/manual

602
contrib/cpio/doc/cpio.texi
View File

@ -1,602 +0,0 @@
\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
@c %**start of header
@setfilename cpio.info
@settitle cpio
@setchapternewpage off
@c %**end of header
@dircategory Archiving
@direntry
* Cpio: (cpio). Copy-in-copy-out archiver to tape or disk.
@end direntry
@include version.texi
@copying
This manual documents GNU cpio (version @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}).
Copyright @copyright{} 1995, 2001, 2002, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
@sp 1
@quotation
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts being ``A GNU Manual'',
and with the Back-Cover Texts as in (a) below. A copy of the license
is included in the section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
(a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You have freedom to copy and modify
this GNU Manual, like GNU software. Copies published by the Free
Software Foundation raise funds for GNU development.''
@end quotation
@end copying
@titlepage
@title GNU CPIO
@subtitle @value{VERSION} @value{UPDATED}
@author by Robert Carleton
@c copyright page
@page
@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
@insertcopying
@sp 2
Published by the Free Software Foundation @*
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, @*
Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA @*
@end titlepage
@node Top, Introduction, (dir), (dir)
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@ifinfo
@top
GNU cpio is a tool for creating and extracting archives, or copying
files from one place to another. It handles a number of cpio formats as
well as reading and writing tar files. This is the first edition of the
GNU cpio documentation and is consistent with @value{VERSION}.
@end ifinfo
@menu
* Introduction::
* Tutorial:: Getting started.
* Invoking cpio:: How to invoke @command{cpio}.
* Media:: Using tapes and other archive media.
* Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
* Concept Index:: Concept index.
@detailmenu
--- The Detailed Node Listing ---
Invoking cpio
* Copy-out mode::
* Copy-in mode::
* Copy-pass mode::
* Options::
@end detailmenu
@end menu
@node Introduction, Tutorial, Top, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@chapter Introduction
GNU cpio copies files into or out of a cpio or tar archive, The archive
can be another file on the disk, a magnetic tape, or a pipe.
GNU cpio supports the following archive formats: binary, old ASCII, new
ASCII, crc, HPUX binary, HPUX old ASCII, old tar, and POSIX.1 tar. The
tar format is provided for compatibility with the tar program. By
default, cpio creates binary format archives, for compatibility with
older cpio programs. When extracting from archives, cpio automatically
recognizes which kind of archive it is reading and can read archives
created on machines with a different byte-order.
@node Tutorial, Invoking cpio, Introduction, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@chapter Tutorial
@cindex creating a cpio archive
@cindex extracting a cpio archive
@cindex copying directory structures
@cindex passing directory structures
GNU cpio performs three primary functions. Copying files to an
archive, Extracting files from an archive, and passing files to another
directory tree. An archive can be a file on disk, one or more floppy
disks, or one or more tapes.
When creating an archive, cpio takes the list of files to be processed
from the standard input, and then sends the archive to the standard
output, or to the device defined by the @option{-F} option.
@xref{Copy-out mode}. Usually find or ls is used to provide this list
to the standard input. In the following example you can see the
possibilities for archiving the contents of a single directory.
@example
@cartouche
% ls | cpio -ov > directory.cpio
@end cartouche
@end example
The @option{-o} option creates the archive, and the @option{-v} option
prints the names of the files archived as they are added. Notice that
the options can be put together after a single @option{-} or can be placed
separately on the command line. The @samp{>} redirects the cpio output
to the file @samp{directory.cpio}.
If you wanted to archive an entire directory tree, the find command can
provide the file list to cpio:
@example
@cartouche
% find . -print -depth | cpio -ov > tree.cpio
@end cartouche
@end example
This will take all the files in the current directory, the directories
below and place them in the archive tree.cpio. Again the @option{-o}
creates an archive, and the @option{-v} option shows you the name of the
files as they are archived. @xref{Copy-out mode}. Using the @samp{.} in the
find statement will give you more flexibility when doing restores, as it
will save file names with a relative path vice a hard wired, absolute
path. The @option{-depth} option forces @samp{find} to print of the
entries in a directory before printing the directory itself. This
limits the effects of restrictive directory permissions by printing the
directory entries in a directory before the directory name itself.
Extracting an archive requires a bit more thought because cpio will not
create directories by default. Another characteristic, is it will not
overwrite existing files unless you tell it to.
@example
@cartouche
% cpio -iv < directory.cpio
@end cartouche
@end example
This will retrieve the files archived in the file directory.cpio and
place them in the present directory. The @option{-i} option extracts the
archive and the @option{-v} shows the file names as they are extracted.
If you are dealing with an archived directory tree, you need to use the
@option{-d} option to create directories as necessary, something like:
@example
@cartouche
% cpio -idv < tree.cpio
@end cartouche
@end example
This will take the contents of the archive tree.cpio and extract it to
the current directory. If you try to extract the files on top of files
of the same name that already exist (and have the same or later
modification time) cpio will not extract the file unless told to do so
by the -u option. @xref{Copy-in mode}.
In copy-pass mode, cpio copies files from one directory tree to another,
combining the copy-out and copy-in steps without actually using an
archive. It reads the list of files to copy from the standard input;
the directory into which it will copy them is given as a non-option
argument. @xref{Copy-pass mode}.
@example
@cartouche
% find . -depth -print0 | cpio --null -pvd new-dir
@end cartouche
@end example
The example shows copying the files of the present directory, and
sub-directories to a new directory called new-dir. Some new options are
the @option{-print0} available with GNU find, combined with the
@option{--null} option of cpio. These two options act together to send
file names between find and cpio, even if special characters are
embedded in the file names. Another is @option{-p}, which tells cpio to
pass the files it finds to the directory @samp{new-dir}.
@node Invoking cpio, Media, Tutorial, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@chapter Invoking cpio
@cindex invoking cpio
@cindex command line options
@menu
* Copy-out mode::
* Copy-in mode::
* Copy-pass mode::
* Options::
@end menu
@node Copy-out mode, Copy-in mode, Invoking cpio, Invoking cpio
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@section Copy-out mode
In copy-out mode, cpio copies files into an archive. It reads a list
of filenames, one per line, on the standard input, and writes the
archive onto the standard output. A typical way to generate the list
of filenames is with the find command; you should give find the -depth
option to minimize problems with permissions on directories that are
unreadable.
@xref{Options}.
@example
cpio @{-o|--create@} [-0acvABLV] [-C bytes] [-H format]
[-M message] [-O [[user@@]host:]archive] [-F [[user@@]host:]archive]
[--file=[[user@@]host:]archive] [--format=format]
[--message=message][--null] [--reset-access-time] [--verbose]
[--dot] [--append] [--block-size=blocks] [--dereference]
[--io-size=bytes] [--rsh-command=command] [--help] [--version]
< name-list [> archive]
@end example
@node Copy-in mode, Copy-pass mode, Copy-out mode, Invoking cpio
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@section Copy-in mode
In copy-in mode, cpio copies files out of an archive or lists the
archive contents. It reads the archive from the standard input. Any
non-option command line arguments are shell globbing patterns; only
files in the archive whose names match one or more of those patterns are
copied from the archive. Unlike in the shell, an initial @samp{.} in a
filename does match a wildcard at the start of a pattern, and a @samp{/} in a
filename can match wildcards. If no patterns are given, all files are
extracted. @xref{Options}.
@example
cpio @{-i|--extract@} [-bcdfmnrtsuvBSV] [-C bytes] [-E file]
[-H format] [-M message] [-R [user][:.][group]]
[-I [[user@@]host:]archive] [-F [[user@@]host:]archive]
[--file=[[user@@]host:]archive] [--make-directories]
[--nonmatching] [--preserve-modification-time]
[--numeric-uid-gid] [--rename] [--list] [--swap-bytes] [--swap]
[--dot] [--unconditional] [--verbose] [--block-size=blocks]
[--swap-halfwords] [--io-size=bytes] [--pattern-file=file]
[--format=format] [--owner=[user][:.][group]]
[--no-preserve-owner] [--message=message] [--help] [--version]
[--absolute-filenames] [--sparse] [-only-verify-crc] [-quiet]
[--rsh-command=command] [pattern...] [< archive]
@end example
@node Copy-pass mode, Options, Copy-in mode, Invoking cpio
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@section Copy-pass mode
In copy-pass mode, cpio copies files from one directory tree to
another, combining the copy-out and copy-in steps without actually
using an archive. It reads the list of files to copy from the
standard input; the directory into which it will copy them is given as
a non-option argument.
@xref{Options}.
@example
cpio @{-p|--pass-through@} [-0adlmuvLV] [-R [user][:.][group]]
[--null] [--reset-access-time] [--make-directories] [--link]
[--preserve-modification-time] [--unconditional] [--verbose]
[--dot] [--dereference] [--owner=[user][:.][group]] [--sparse]
[--no-preserve-owner] [--help] [--version] destination-directory
< name-list
@end example
@node Options, , Copy-pass mode, Invoking cpio
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@section Options
@table @code
@item -0
@itemx --null
Read a list of filenames terminated by a null character, instead of a
newline, so that files whose names contain newlines can be archived.
GNU find is one way to produce a list of null-terminated filenames.
This option may be used in copy-out and copy-pass modes.
@item -a
@itemx --reset-access-time
Reset the access times of files after reading them, so
that it does not look like they have just been read.
@item -A
@itemx --append
Append to an existing archive. Only works in copy-out
mode. The archive must be a disk file specified with
the @option{-O} or @option{-F} (@option{--file}) option.
@item -b
@itemx --swap
Swap both halfwords of words and bytes of halfwords in the data.
Equivalent to -sS. This option may be used in copy-in mode. Use this
option to convert 32-bit integers between big-endian and little-endian
machines.
@item -B
Set the I/O block size to 5120 bytes. Initially the
block size is 512 bytes.
@item --block-size=@var{block-size}
Set the I/O block size to @var{block-size} * 512 bytes.
@item -c
Use the old portable (ASCII) archive format.
@item -C @var{io-size}
@itemx --io-size=@var{io-size}
Set the I/O block size to @var{io-size} bytes.
@item -d
@itemx --make-directories
Create leading directories where needed.
@item -E @var{file}
@itemx --pattern-file=@var{file}
Read additional patterns specifying filenames to extract or list from
@var{file}. The lines of @var{file} are treated as if they had been non-option
arguments to cpio. This option is used in copy-in mode,
@item -f
@itemx --nonmatching
Only copy files that do not match any of the given
patterns.
@item -F @var{archive}
@itemx --file=@var{archive}
Archive filename to use instead of standard input or output. To use a
tape drive on another machine as the archive, use a filename that starts
with @samp{@var{hostname}:}, where @var{hostname} is the name or IP
address of the machine. The hostname can be preceded by a username and an
@samp{@@} to access the remote tape drive as that user, if you have
permission to do so (typically an entry in that user's @file{~/.rhosts}
file).
@item --force-local
With @option{-F}, @option{-I}, or @option{-O}, take the archive file name to be a
local file even if it contains a colon, which would
ordinarily indicate a remote host name.
@item -H @var{format}
@itemx --format=@var{format}
Use archive format @var{format}. The valid formats are listed below; the same
names are also recognized in all-caps. The default in copy-in mode is
to automatically detect the archive format, and in copy-out mode is
@samp{bin}.
@table @samp
@item bin
The obsolete binary format.
@item odc
The old (POSIX.1) portable format.
@item newc
The new (SVR4) portable format, which supports file systems having more
than 65536 i-nodes.
@item crc
The new (SVR4) portable format with a checksum added.
@item tar
The old tar format.
@item ustar
The POSIX.1 tar format. Also recognizes GNU tar archives, which are
similar but not identical.
@item hpbin
The obsolete binary format used by HPUX's cpio (which stores device
files differently).
@item hpodc
The portable format used by HPUX's cpio (which stores device files
differently).
@end table
@item -i
@itemx --extract
Run in copy-in mode.
@xref{Copy-in mode}.
@item -I @var{archive}
Archive filename to use instead of standard input. To use a tape drive
on another machine as the archive, use a filename that starts with
@samp{@var{hostname}:}, where @var{hostname} is the name or IP address
of the remote host. The hostname can be preceded by a username and an @samp{@@} to
access the remote tape drive as that user, if you have permission to do
so (typically an entry in that user's @file{~/.rhosts} file).
@item -k
Ignored; for compatibility with other versions of cpio.
@item -l
@itemx --link
Link files instead of copying them, when possible.
@item -L
@itemx --dereference
Copy the file that a symbolic link points to, rather than the symbolic
link itself.
@item -m
@itemx --preserve-modification-time
Retain previous file modification times when creating files.
@item -M @var{message}
@itemx --message=@var{message}
Print @var{message} when the end of a volume of the backup media (such as a
tape or a floppy disk) is reached, to prompt the user to insert a new
volume. If @var{message} contains the string @samp{%d}, it is replaced by the
current volume number (starting at 1).
@item -n
@itemx --numeric-uid-gid
Show numeric UID and GID instead of translating them into names when using the
@option{--verbose} option.
@item --absolute-filenames
Do not strip leading file name components that contain ".." and
leading slashes from file names in copy-in mode
@item --no-preserve-owner
Do not change the ownership of the files; leave them owned by the user
extracting them. This is the default for non-root users, so that users
on System V don't inadvertantly give away files. This option can be
used in copy-in mode and copy-pass mode
@item -o
@itemx --create
Run in copy-out mode.
@xref{Copy-out mode}.
@item -O @var{archive}
Archive filename to use instead of standard output. To use a tape drive
on another machine as the archive, use a filename that starts with
@samp{@var{hostname}:}, where @var{hostname} is the name or IP address
of the machine. The hostname can be preceded by a username and an @samp{@@} to
access the remote tape drive as that user, if you have permission to do
so (typically an entry in that user's @file{~/.rhosts} file).
@item --only-verify-crc
Verify the CRC's of each file in the archive, when reading a CRC format
archive. Don't actually extract the files.
@item -p
@itemx --pass-through
Run in copy-pass mode.
@xref{Copy-pass mode}.
@item --quiet
Do not print the number of blocks copied.
@item -r
@itemx --rename
Interactively rename files.
@item -R @var{owner}
@itemx --owner @var{owner}
In copy-in and copy-pass mode, set the ownership of all files created
to the specified @var{owner} (this operation is allowed only for the
super-user). In copy-out mode, store the supplied owner information in
the archive.
The argument can be either the user name or the user name
and group name, separated by a dot or a colon, or the group name,
preceeded by a dot or a colon, as shown in the examples below:
@smallexample
@group
cpio --owner smith
cpio --owner smith:
cpio --owner smith:users
cpio --owner :users
@end group
@end smallexample
@noindent
If the group is omitted but the @samp{:} or @samp{.} separator is
given, as in the second example. the given user's login group will be
used.
@item --rsh-command=@var{command}
Notifies cpio that is should use @var{command} to communicate with remote
devices.
@item -s
@itemx --swap-bytes
Swap the bytes of each halfword (pair of bytes) in the files. This option
can be used in copy-in mode.
@item -S
@itemx --swap-halfwords
Swap the halfwords of each word (4 bytes) in the files. This option may
be used in copy-in mode.
@item --sparse
Write files with large blocks of zeros as sparse files. This option is
used in copy-in and copy-pass modes.
@item -t
@itemx --list
Print a table of contents of the input.
@item -u
@itemx --unconditional
Replace all files, without asking whether to replace
existing newer files with older files.
@item -v
@itemx --verbose
List the files processed, or with @option{-t}, give an @samp{ls -l} style
table of contents listing. In a verbose table of contents of a ustar
archive, user and group names in the archive that do not exist on the
local system are replaced by the names that correspond locally to the
numeric UID and GID stored in the archive.
@item -V
@itemx --dot
Print a @samp{.} for each file processed.
@item --version
Print the cpio program version number and exit.
@end table
@node Media, Reports, Invoking cpio, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@chapter Magnetic Media
@cindex magnetic media
Archives are usually written on removable media--tape cartridges, mag
tapes, or floppy disks.
The amount of data a tape or disk holds depends not only on its size,
but also on how it is formatted. A 2400 foot long reel of mag tape
holds 40 megabytes of data when formated at 1600 bits per inch. The
physically smaller EXABYTE tape cartridge holds 2.3 gigabytes.
Magnetic media are re-usable--once the archive on a tape is no longer
needed, the archive can be erased and the tape or disk used over. Media
quality does deteriorate with use, however. Most tapes or disks should
be disgarded when they begin to produce data errors.
Magnetic media are written and erased using magnetic fields, and should
be protected from such fields to avoid damage to stored data. Sticking
a floppy disk to a filing cabinet using a magnet is probably not a good
idea.
@node Reports, Concept Index, Media, Top
@chapter Reporting bugs or suggestions
It is possible you will encounter a bug in @command{cpio}.
If this happens, we would like to hear about it. As the purpose of bug
reporting is to improve software, please be sure to include maximum
information when reporting a bug. The information needed is:
@itemize @bullet
@item Version of the package you are using.
@item Compilation options used when configuring the package.
@item Conditions under which the bug appears.
@end itemize
Send your report to <bug-cpio@@gnu.org>. Allow us a couple of
days to answer.
@node Concept Index, , Reports, Top
@comment node-name, next, previous, up
@unnumbered Concept Index
@printindex cp
@contents
@bye

4
contrib/cpio/doc/version.texi
View File

@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
@set UPDATED 7 June 2007
@set UPDATED-MONTH June 2007
@set EDITION 2.8
@set VERSION 2.8

54
contrib/cpio/lib/alloca_.h
View File

@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
/* Memory allocation on the stack.
Copyright (C) 1995, 1999, 2001-2004, 2006-2007 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
/* Avoid using the symbol _ALLOCA_H here, as Bison assumes _ALLOCA_H
means there is a real alloca function. */
#ifndef _GL_ALLOCA_H
#define _GL_ALLOCA_H
/* alloca (N) returns a pointer to N bytes of memory
allocated on the stack, which will last until the function returns.
Use of alloca should be avoided:
- inside arguments of function calls - undefined behaviour,
- in inline functions - the allocation may actually last until the
calling function returns,
- for huge N (say, N >= 65536) - you never know how large (or small)
the stack is, and when the stack cannot fulfill the memory allocation
request, the program just crashes.
*/
#ifndef alloca
# ifdef __GNUC__
# define alloca __builtin_alloca
# elif defined _AIX
# define alloca __alloca
# elif defined _MSC_VER
# include <malloc.h>
# define alloca _alloca
# else
# include <stddef.h>
# ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C"
# endif
void *alloca (size_t);
# endif
#endif
#endif /* _GL_ALLOCA_H */

25
contrib/cpio/lib/argp-ba.c
View File

@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
/* Default definition for ARGP_PROGRAM_BUG_ADDRESS.
Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
/* If set by the user program, it should point to string that is the
bug-reporting address for the program. It will be printed by argp_help if
the ARGP_HELP_BUG_ADDR flag is set (as it is by various standard help
messages), embedded in a sentence that says something like `Report bugs to
ADDR.'. */
const char *argp_program_bug_address;

31
contrib/cpio/lib/argp-eexst.c
View File

@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
/* Default definition for ARGP_ERR_EXIT_STATUS
Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <sysexits.h>
#include "argp.h"
/* The exit status that argp will use when exiting due to a parsing error.
If not defined or set by the user program, this defaults to EX_USAGE from
<sysexits.h>. */
error_t argp_err_exit_status = EX_USAGE;

435
contrib/cpio/lib/argp-fmtstream.c
View File

@ -1,435 +0,0 @@
/* Word-wrapping and line-truncating streams
Copyright (C) 1997-1999,2001,2002,2003,2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
/* This package emulates glibc `line_wrap_stream' semantics for systems that
don't have that. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <stdarg.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include "argp-fmtstream.h"
#include "argp-namefrob.h"
#ifndef ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP
#ifndef isblank
#define isblank(ch) ((ch)==' ' || (ch)=='\t')
#endif
#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_IN_LIBIO
# include <wchar.h>
# include <libio/libioP.h>
# define __vsnprintf(s, l, f, a) _IO_vsnprintf (s, l, f, a)
#endif
#define INIT_BUF_SIZE 200
#define PRINTF_SIZE_GUESS 150
/* Return an argp_fmtstream that outputs to STREAM, and which prefixes lines
written on it with LMARGIN spaces and limits them to RMARGIN columns
total. If WMARGIN >= 0, words that extend past RMARGIN are wrapped by
replacing the whitespace before them with a newline and WMARGIN spaces.
Otherwise, chars beyond RMARGIN are simply dropped until a newline.
Returns NULL if there was an error. */
argp_fmtstream_t
__argp_make_fmtstream (FILE *stream,
size_t lmargin, size_t rmargin, ssize_t wmargin)
{
argp_fmtstream_t fs;
fs = (struct argp_fmtstream *) malloc (sizeof (struct argp_fmtstream));
if (fs != NULL)
{
fs->stream = stream;
fs->lmargin = lmargin;
fs->rmargin = rmargin;
fs->wmargin = wmargin;
fs->point_col = 0;
fs->point_offs = 0;
fs->buf = (char *) malloc (INIT_BUF_SIZE);
if (! fs->buf)
{
free (fs);
fs = 0;
}
else
{
fs->p = fs->buf;
fs->end = fs->buf + INIT_BUF_SIZE;
}
}
return fs;
}
#if 0
/* Not exported. */
#ifdef weak_alias
weak_alias (__argp_make_fmtstream, argp_make_fmtstream)
#endif
#endif
/* Flush FS to its stream, and free it (but don't close the stream). */
void
__argp_fmtstream_free (argp_fmtstream_t fs)
{
__argp_fmtstream_update (fs);
if (fs->p > fs->buf)
{
#ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
__fxprintf (fs->stream, "%.*s", (int) (fs->p - fs->buf), fs->buf);
#else
fwrite_unlocked (fs->buf, 1, fs->p - fs->buf, fs->stream);
#endif
}
free (fs->buf);
free (fs);
}
#if 0
/* Not exported. */
#ifdef weak_alias
weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_free, argp_fmtstream_free)
#endif
#endif
/* Process FS's buffer so that line wrapping is done from POINT_OFFS to the
end of its buffer. This code is mostly from glibc stdio/linewrap.c. */
void
__argp_fmtstream_update (argp_fmtstream_t fs)
{
char *buf, *nl;
size_t len;
/* Scan the buffer for newlines. */
buf = fs->buf + fs->point_offs;
while (buf < fs->p)
{
size_t r;
if (fs->point_col == 0 && fs->lmargin != 0)
{
/* We are starting a new line. Print spaces to the left margin. */
const size_t pad = fs->lmargin;
if (fs->p + pad < fs->end)
{
/* We can fit in them in the buffer by moving the
buffer text up and filling in the beginning. */
memmove (buf + pad, buf, fs->p - buf);
fs->p += pad; /* Compensate for bigger buffer. */
memset (buf, ' ', pad); /* Fill in the spaces. */
buf += pad; /* Don't bother searching them. */
}
else
{
/* No buffer space for spaces. Must flush. */
size_t i;
for (i = 0; i < pad; i++)
{
#ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
if (_IO_fwide (fs->stream, 0) > 0)
putwc_unlocked (L' ', fs->stream);
else
#endif
putc_unlocked (' ', fs->stream);
}
}
fs->point_col = pad;
}
len = fs->p - buf;
nl = memchr (buf, '\n', len);
if (fs->point_col < 0)
fs->point_col = 0;
if (!nl)
{
/* The buffer ends in a partial line. */
if (fs->point_col + len < fs->rmargin)
{
/* The remaining buffer text is a partial line and fits
within the maximum line width. Advance point for the
characters to be written and stop scanning. */
fs->point_col += len;
break;
}
else
/* Set the end-of-line pointer for the code below to
the end of the buffer. */
nl = fs->p;
}
else if (fs->point_col + (nl - buf) < (ssize_t) fs->rmargin)
{
/* The buffer contains a full line that fits within the maximum
line width. Reset point and scan the next line. */
fs->point_col = 0;
buf = nl + 1;
continue;
}
/* This line is too long. */
r = fs->rmargin - 1;
if (fs->wmargin < 0)
{
/* Truncate the line by overwriting the excess with the
newline and anything after it in the buffer. */
if (nl < fs->p)
{
memmove (buf + (r - fs->point_col), nl, fs->p - nl);
fs->p -= buf + (r - fs->point_col) - nl;
/* Reset point for the next line and start scanning it. */
fs->point_col = 0;
buf += r + 1; /* Skip full line plus \n. */
}
else
{
/* The buffer ends with a partial line that is beyond the
maximum line width. Advance point for the characters
written, and discard those past the max from the buffer. */
fs->point_col += len;
fs->p -= fs->point_col - r;
break;
}
}
else
{
/* Do word wrap. Go to the column just past the maximum line
width and scan back for the beginning of the word there.
Then insert a line break. */
char *p, *nextline;
int i;
p = buf + (r + 1 - fs->point_col);
while (p >= buf && !isblank (*p))
--p;
nextline = p + 1; /* This will begin the next line. */
if (nextline > buf)
{
/* Swallow separating blanks. */
if (p >= buf)
do
--p;
while (p >= buf && isblank (*p));
nl = p + 1; /* The newline will replace the first blank. */
}
else
{
/* A single word that is greater than the maximum line width.
Oh well. Put it on an overlong line by itself. */
p = buf + (r + 1 - fs->point_col);
/* Find the end of the long word. */
if (p < nl)
do
++p;
while (p < nl && !isblank (*p));
if (p == nl)
{
/* It already ends a line. No fussing required. */
fs->point_col = 0;
buf = nl + 1;
continue;
}
/* We will move the newline to replace the first blank. */
nl = p;
/* Swallow separating blanks. */
do
++p;
while (isblank (*p));
/* The next line will start here. */
nextline = p;
}
/* Note: There are a bunch of tests below for
NEXTLINE == BUF + LEN + 1; this case is where NL happens to fall
at the end of the buffer, and NEXTLINE is in fact empty (and so
we need not be careful to maintain its contents). */
if ((nextline == buf + len + 1
? fs->end - nl < fs->wmargin + 1
: nextline - (nl + 1) < fs->wmargin)
&& fs->p > nextline)
{
/* The margin needs more blanks than we removed. */
if (fs->end - fs->p > fs->wmargin + 1)
/* Make some space for them. */
{
size_t mv = fs->p - nextline;
memmove (nl + 1 + fs->wmargin, nextline, mv);
nextline = nl + 1 + fs->wmargin;
len = nextline + mv - buf;
*nl++ = '\n';
}
else
/* Output the first line so we can use the space. */
{
#ifdef _LIBC
__fxprintf (fs->stream, "%.*s\n",
(int) (nl - fs->buf), fs->buf);
#else
if (nl > fs->buf)
fwrite_unlocked (fs->buf, 1, nl - fs->buf, fs->stream);
putc_unlocked ('\n', fs->stream);
#endif
len += buf - fs->buf;
nl = buf = fs->buf;
}
}
else
/* We can fit the newline and blanks in before
the next word. */
*nl++ = '\n';
if (nextline - nl >= fs->wmargin
|| (nextline == buf + len + 1 && fs->end - nextline >= fs->wmargin))
/* Add blanks up to the wrap margin column. */
for (i = 0; i < fs->wmargin; ++i)
*nl++ = ' ';
else
for (i = 0; i < fs->wmargin; ++i)
#ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
if (_IO_fwide (fs->stream, 0) > 0)
putwc_unlocked (L' ', fs->stream);
else
#endif
putc_unlocked (' ', fs->stream);
/* Copy the tail of the original buffer into the current buffer
position. */
if (nl < nextline)
memmove (nl, nextline, buf + len - nextline);
len -= nextline - buf;
/* Continue the scan on the remaining lines in the buffer. */
buf = nl;
/* Restore bufp to include all the remaining text. */
fs->p = nl + len;
/* Reset the counter of what has been output this line. If wmargin
is 0, we want to avoid the lmargin getting added, so we set
point_col to a magic value of -1 in that case. */
fs->point_col = fs->wmargin ? fs->wmargin : -1;
}
}
/* Remember that we've scanned as far as the end of the buffer. */
fs->point_offs = fs->p - fs->buf;
}
/* Ensure that FS has space for AMOUNT more bytes in its buffer, either by
growing the buffer, or by flushing it. True is returned iff we succeed. */
int
__argp_fmtstream_ensure (struct argp_fmtstream *fs, size_t amount)
{
if ((size_t) (fs->end - fs->p) < amount)
{
ssize_t wrote;
/* Flush FS's buffer. */
__argp_fmtstream_update (fs);
#ifdef _LIBC
__fxprintf (fs->stream, "%.*s", (int) (fs->p - fs->buf), fs->buf);
wrote = fs->p - fs->buf;
#else
wrote = fwrite_unlocked (fs->buf, 1, fs->p - fs->buf, fs->stream);
#endif
if (wrote == fs->p - fs->buf)
{
fs->p = fs->buf;
fs->point_offs = 0;
}
else
{
fs->p -= wrote;
fs->point_offs -= wrote;
memmove (fs->buf, fs->buf + wrote, fs->p - fs->buf);
return 0;
}
if ((size_t) (fs->end - fs->buf) < amount)
/* Gotta grow the buffer. */
{
size_t old_size = fs->end - fs->buf;
size_t new_size = old_size + amount;
char *new_buf;
if (new_size < old_size || ! (new_buf = realloc (fs->buf, new_size)))
{
__set_errno (ENOMEM);
return 0;
}
fs->buf = new_buf;
fs->end = new_buf + new_size;
fs->p = fs->buf;
}
}
return 1;
}
ssize_t
__argp_fmtstream_printf (struct argp_fmtstream *fs, const char *fmt, ...)
{
int out;
size_t avail;
size_t size_guess = PRINTF_SIZE_GUESS; /* How much space to reserve. */
do
{
va_list args;
if (! __argp_fmtstream_ensure (fs, size_guess))
return -1;
va_start (args, fmt);
avail = fs->end - fs->p;
out = __vsnprintf (fs->p, avail, fmt, args);
va_end (args);
if ((size_t) out >= avail)
size_guess = out + 1;
}
while ((size_t) out >= avail);
fs->p += out;
return out;
}
#if 0
/* Not exported. */
#ifdef weak_alias
weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_printf, argp_fmtstream_printf)
#endif
#endif
#endif /* !ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP */

301
contrib/cpio/lib/argp-fmtstream.h
View File

@ -1,301 +0,0 @@
/* Word-wrapping and line-truncating streams.
Copyright (C) 1997, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
/* This package emulates glibc `line_wrap_stream' semantics for systems that
don't have that. If the system does have it, it is just a wrapper for
that. This header file is only used internally while compiling argp, and
shouldn't be installed. */
#ifndef _ARGP_FMTSTREAM_H
#define _ARGP_FMTSTREAM_H
#include <stdio.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#ifndef __attribute__
/* This feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later. */
# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5) || __STRICT_ANSI__
# define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */
# endif
/* The __-protected variants of `format' and `printf' attributes
are accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later. */
# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7) || __STRICT_ANSI__
# define __format__ format
# define __printf__ printf
# endif
#endif
#if (_LIBC - 0 && !defined (USE_IN_LIBIO)) \
|| (defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) && defined (HAVE_LINEWRAP_H))
/* line_wrap_stream is available, so use that. */
#define ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP
#endif
#ifdef ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP
/* Just be a simple wrapper for line_wrap_stream; the semantics are
*slightly* different, as line_wrap_stream doesn't actually make a new
object, it just modifies the given stream (reversibly) to do
line-wrapping. Since we control who uses this code, it doesn't matter. */
#include <linewrap.h>
typedef FILE *argp_fmtstream_t;
#define argp_make_fmtstream line_wrap_stream
#define __argp_make_fmtstream line_wrap_stream
#define argp_fmtstream_free line_unwrap_stream
#define __argp_fmtstream_free line_unwrap_stream
#define __argp_fmtstream_putc(fs,ch) putc(ch,fs)
#define argp_fmtstream_putc(fs,ch) putc(ch,fs)
#define __argp_fmtstream_puts(fs,str) fputs(str,fs)
#define argp_fmtstream_puts(fs,str) fputs(str,fs)
#define __argp_fmtstream_write(fs,str,len) fwrite(str,1,len,fs)
#define argp_fmtstream_write(fs,str,len) fwrite(str,1,len,fs)
#define __argp_fmtstream_printf fprintf
#define argp_fmtstream_printf fprintf
#define __argp_fmtstream_lmargin line_wrap_lmargin
#define argp_fmtstream_lmargin line_wrap_lmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin line_wrap_set_lmargin
#define argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin line_wrap_set_lmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_rmargin line_wrap_rmargin
#define argp_fmtstream_rmargin line_wrap_rmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin line_wrap_set_rmargin
#define argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin line_wrap_set_rmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_wmargin line_wrap_wmargin
#define argp_fmtstream_wmargin line_wrap_wmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin line_wrap_set_wmargin
#define argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin line_wrap_set_wmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_point line_wrap_point
#define argp_fmtstream_point line_wrap_point
#else /* !ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP */
/* Guess we have to define our own version. */
struct argp_fmtstream
{
FILE *stream; /* The stream we're outputting to. */
size_t lmargin, rmargin; /* Left and right margins. */
ssize_t wmargin; /* Margin to wrap to, or -1 to truncate. */
/* Point in buffer to which we've processed for wrapping, but not output. */
size_t point_offs;
/* Output column at POINT_OFFS, or -1 meaning 0 but don't add lmargin. */
ssize_t point_col;
char *buf; /* Output buffer. */
char *p; /* Current end of text in BUF. */
char *end; /* Absolute end of BUF. */
};
typedef struct argp_fmtstream *argp_fmtstream_t;
/* Return an argp_fmtstream that outputs to STREAM, and which prefixes lines
written on it with LMARGIN spaces and limits them to RMARGIN columns
total. If WMARGIN >= 0, words that extend past RMARGIN are wrapped by
replacing the whitespace before them with a newline and WMARGIN spaces.
Otherwise, chars beyond RMARGIN are simply dropped until a newline.
Returns NULL if there was an error. */
extern argp_fmtstream_t __argp_make_fmtstream (FILE *__stream,
size_t __lmargin,
size_t __rmargin,
ssize_t __wmargin);
extern argp_fmtstream_t argp_make_fmtstream (FILE *__stream,
size_t __lmargin,
size_t __rmargin,
ssize_t __wmargin);
/* Flush __FS to its stream, and free it (but don't close the stream). */
extern void __argp_fmtstream_free (argp_fmtstream_t __fs);
extern void argp_fmtstream_free (argp_fmtstream_t __fs);
extern ssize_t __argp_fmtstream_printf (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
const char *__fmt, ...)
__attribute__ ((__format__ (printf, 2, 3)));
extern ssize_t argp_fmtstream_printf (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
const char *__fmt, ...)
__attribute__ ((__format__ (printf, 2, 3)));
extern int __argp_fmtstream_putc (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, int __ch);
extern int argp_fmtstream_putc (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, int __ch);
extern int __argp_fmtstream_puts (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, const char *__str);
extern int argp_fmtstream_puts (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, const char *__str);
extern size_t __argp_fmtstream_write (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
const char *__str, size_t __len);
extern size_t argp_fmtstream_write (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
const char *__str, size_t __len);
/* Access macros for various bits of state. */
#define argp_fmtstream_lmargin(__fs) ((__fs)->lmargin)
#define argp_fmtstream_rmargin(__fs) ((__fs)->rmargin)
#define argp_fmtstream_wmargin(__fs) ((__fs)->wmargin)
#define __argp_fmtstream_lmargin argp_fmtstream_lmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_rmargin argp_fmtstream_rmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_wmargin argp_fmtstream_wmargin
/* Set __FS's left margin to LMARGIN and return the old value. */
extern size_t argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
size_t __lmargin);
extern size_t __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
size_t __lmargin);
/* Set __FS's right margin to __RMARGIN and return the old value. */
extern size_t argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
size_t __rmargin);
extern size_t __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
size_t __rmargin);
/* Set __FS's wrap margin to __WMARGIN and return the old value. */
extern size_t argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
size_t __wmargin);
extern size_t __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
size_t __wmargin);
/* Return the column number of the current output point in __FS. */
extern size_t argp_fmtstream_point (argp_fmtstream_t __fs);
extern size_t __argp_fmtstream_point (argp_fmtstream_t __fs);
/* Internal routines. */
extern void _argp_fmtstream_update (argp_fmtstream_t __fs);
extern void __argp_fmtstream_update (argp_fmtstream_t __fs);
extern int _argp_fmtstream_ensure (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, size_t __amount);
extern int __argp_fmtstream_ensure (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, size_t __amount);
#ifdef __OPTIMIZE__
/* Inline versions of above routines. */
#if !_LIBC
#define __argp_fmtstream_putc argp_fmtstream_putc
#define __argp_fmtstream_puts argp_fmtstream_puts
#define __argp_fmtstream_write argp_fmtstream_write
#define __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_point argp_fmtstream_point
#define __argp_fmtstream_update _argp_fmtstream_update
#define __argp_fmtstream_ensure _argp_fmtstream_ensure
#endif
#ifndef ARGP_FS_EI
#define ARGP_FS_EI extern inline
#endif
ARGP_FS_EI size_t
__argp_fmtstream_write (argp_fmtstream_t __fs,
const char *__str, size_t __len)
{
if (__fs->p + __len <= __fs->end || __argp_fmtstream_ensure (__fs, __len))
{
memcpy (__fs->p, __str, __len);
__fs->p += __len;
return __len;
}
else
return 0;
}
ARGP_FS_EI int
__argp_fmtstream_puts (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, const char *__str)
{
size_t __len = strlen (__str);
if (__len)
{
size_t __wrote = __argp_fmtstream_write (__fs, __str, __len);
return __wrote == __len ? 0 : -1;
}
else
return 0;
}
ARGP_FS_EI int
__argp_fmtstream_putc (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, int __ch)
{
if (__fs->p < __fs->end || __argp_fmtstream_ensure (__fs, 1))
return *__fs->p++ = __ch;
else
return EOF;
}
/* Set __FS's left margin to __LMARGIN and return the old value. */
ARGP_FS_EI size_t
__argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, size_t __lmargin)
{
size_t __old;
if ((size_t) (__fs->p - __fs->buf) > __fs->point_offs)
__argp_fmtstream_update (__fs);
__old = __fs->lmargin;
__fs->lmargin = __lmargin;
return __old;
}
/* Set __FS's right margin to __RMARGIN and return the old value. */
ARGP_FS_EI size_t
__argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, size_t __rmargin)
{
size_t __old;
if ((size_t) (__fs->p - __fs->buf) > __fs->point_offs)
__argp_fmtstream_update (__fs);
__old = __fs->rmargin;
__fs->rmargin = __rmargin;
return __old;
}
/* Set FS's wrap margin to __WMARGIN and return the old value. */
ARGP_FS_EI size_t
__argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin (argp_fmtstream_t __fs, size_t __wmargin)
{
size_t __old;
if ((size_t) (__fs->p - __fs->buf) > __fs->point_offs)
__argp_fmtstream_update (__fs);
__old = __fs->wmargin;
__fs->wmargin = __wmargin;
return __old;
}
/* Return the column number of the current output point in __FS. */
ARGP_FS_EI size_t
__argp_fmtstream_point (argp_fmtstream_t __fs)
{
if ((size_t) (__fs->p - __fs->buf) > __fs->point_offs)
__argp_fmtstream_update (__fs);
return __fs->point_col >= 0 ? __fs->point_col : 0;
}
#if !_LIBC
#undef __argp_fmtstream_putc
#undef __argp_fmtstream_puts
#undef __argp_fmtstream_write
#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin
#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin
#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin
#undef __argp_fmtstream_point
#undef __argp_fmtstream_update
#undef __argp_fmtstream_ensure
#endif
#endif /* __OPTIMIZE__ */
#endif /* ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP */
#endif /* argp-fmtstream.h */

43
contrib/cpio/lib/argp-fs-xinl.c
View File

@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
/* Real definitions for extern inline functions in argp-fmtstream.h
Copyright (C) 1997, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#define ARGP_FS_EI
#undef __OPTIMIZE__
#define __OPTIMIZE__ 1
#include "argp-fmtstream.h"
#if 0
/* Not exported. */
/* Add weak aliases. */
#if _LIBC - 0 && !defined (ARGP_FMTSTREAM_USE_LINEWRAP) && defined (weak_alias)
weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_putc, argp_fmtstream_putc)
weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_puts, argp_fmtstream_puts)
weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_write, argp_fmtstream_write)
weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin, argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin)
weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin, argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin)
weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin, argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin)
weak_alias (__argp_fmtstream_point, argp_fmtstream_point)
#endif
#endif

1954
contrib/cpio/lib/argp-help.c
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

158
contrib/cpio/lib/argp-namefrob.h
View File

@ -1,158 +0,0 @@
/* Name frobnication for compiling argp outside of glibc
Copyright (C) 1997, 2003, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#if !_LIBC
/* This code is written for inclusion in gnu-libc, and uses names in the
namespace reserved for libc. If we're not compiling in libc, define those
names to be the normal ones instead. */
/* argp-parse functions */
#undef __argp_parse
#define __argp_parse argp_parse
#undef __option_is_end
#define __option_is_end _option_is_end
#undef __option_is_short
#define __option_is_short _option_is_short
#undef __argp_input
#define __argp_input _argp_input
/* argp-help functions */
#undef __argp_help
#define __argp_help argp_help
#undef __argp_error
#define __argp_error argp_error
#undef __argp_failure
#define __argp_failure argp_failure
#undef __argp_state_help
#define __argp_state_help argp_state_help
#undef __argp_usage
#define __argp_usage argp_usage
/* argp-fmtstream functions */
#undef __argp_make_fmtstream
#define __argp_make_fmtstream argp_make_fmtstream
#undef __argp_fmtstream_free
#define __argp_fmtstream_free argp_fmtstream_free
#undef __argp_fmtstream_putc
#define __argp_fmtstream_putc argp_fmtstream_putc
#undef __argp_fmtstream_puts
#define __argp_fmtstream_puts argp_fmtstream_puts
#undef __argp_fmtstream_write
#define __argp_fmtstream_write argp_fmtstream_write
#undef __argp_fmtstream_printf
#define __argp_fmtstream_printf argp_fmtstream_printf
#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin argp_fmtstream_set_lmargin
#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin argp_fmtstream_set_rmargin
#undef __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin argp_fmtstream_set_wmargin
#undef __argp_fmtstream_point
#define __argp_fmtstream_point argp_fmtstream_point
#undef __argp_fmtstream_update
#define __argp_fmtstream_update _argp_fmtstream_update
#undef __argp_fmtstream_ensure
#define __argp_fmtstream_ensure _argp_fmtstream_ensure
#undef __argp_fmtstream_lmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_lmargin argp_fmtstream_lmargin
#undef __argp_fmtstream_rmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_rmargin argp_fmtstream_rmargin
#undef __argp_fmtstream_wmargin
#define __argp_fmtstream_wmargin argp_fmtstream_wmargin
/* normal libc functions we call */
#undef __flockfile
#define __flockfile flockfile
#undef __funlockfile
#define __funlockfile funlockfile
#undef __mempcpy
#define __mempcpy mempcpy
#undef __sleep
#define __sleep sleep
#undef __strcasecmp
#define __strcasecmp strcasecmp
#undef __strchrnul
#define __strchrnul strchrnul
#undef __strerror_r
#define __strerror_r strerror_r
#undef __strndup
#define __strndup strndup
#undef __vsnprintf
#define __vsnprintf vsnprintf
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_CLEARERR_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_CLEARERR_UNLOCKED
# define clearerr_unlocked(x) clearerr (x)
#endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FEOF_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FEOF_UNLOCKED
# define feof_unlocked(x) feof (x)
# endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FERROR_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FERROR_UNLOCKED
# define ferror_unlocked(x) ferror (x)
# endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FFLUSH_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FFLUSH_UNLOCKED
# define fflush_unlocked(x) fflush (x)
# endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FGETS_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FGETS_UNLOCKED
# define fgets_unlocked(x,y,z) fgets (x,y,z)
# endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FPUTC_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FPUTC_UNLOCKED
# define fputc_unlocked(x,y) fputc (x,y)
# endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FPUTS_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FPUTS_UNLOCKED
# define fputs_unlocked(x,y) fputs (x,y)
# endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FREAD_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FREAD_UNLOCKED
# define fread_unlocked(w,x,y,z) fread (w,x,y,z)
# endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_FWRITE_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_FWRITE_UNLOCKED
# define fwrite_unlocked(w,x,y,z) fwrite (w,x,y,z)
# endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED
# define getc_unlocked(x) getc (x)
# endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_GETCHAR_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_GETCHAR_UNLOCKED
# define getchar_unlocked() getchar ()
# endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_PUTC_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_PUTC_UNLOCKED
# define putc_unlocked(x,y) putc (x,y)
# endif
#if defined(HAVE_DECL_PUTCHAR_UNLOCKED) && !HAVE_DECL_PUTCHAR_UNLOCKED
# define putchar_unlocked(x) putchar (x)
# endif
#endif /* !_LIBC */
#ifndef __set_errno
#define __set_errno(e) (errno = (e))
#endif
#if defined GNULIB_ARGP_DISABLE_DIRNAME
# define __argp_base_name(arg) arg
#elif defined GNULIB_ARGP_EXTERN_BASENAME
extern char *__argp_base_name(const char *arg);
#else
# include "dirname.h"
# define __argp_base_name base_name
#endif
#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME
# define __argp_short_program_name() (program_invocation_short_name)
#else
extern char *__argp_short_program_name (void);
#endif

953
contrib/cpio/lib/argp-parse.c
View File

@ -1,953 +0,0 @@
/* Hierarchial argument parsing, layered over getopt
Copyright (C) 1995-2000, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <alloca.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include <getopt.h>
#include <getopt_int.h>
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
# undef dgettext
# define dgettext(domain, msgid) \
INTUSE(__dcgettext) (domain, msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
#else
# include "gettext.h"
#endif
#define N_(msgid) msgid
#include "argp.h"
#include "argp-namefrob.h"
#define alignof(type) offsetof (struct { char c; type x; }, x)
#define alignto(n, d) ((((n) + (d) - 1) / (d)) * (d))
/* Getopt return values. */
#define KEY_END (-1) /* The end of the options. */
#define KEY_ARG 1 /* A non-option argument. */
#define KEY_ERR '?' /* An error parsing the options. */
/* The meta-argument used to prevent any further arguments being interpreted
as options. */
#define QUOTE "--"
/* The number of bits we steal in a long-option value for our own use. */
#define GROUP_BITS CHAR_BIT
/* The number of bits available for the user value. */
#define USER_BITS ((sizeof ((struct option *)0)->val * CHAR_BIT) - GROUP_BITS)
#define USER_MASK ((1 << USER_BITS) - 1)
/* EZ alias for ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN. */
#define EBADKEY ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN
/* Default options. */
/* When argp is given the --HANG switch, _ARGP_HANG is set and argp will sleep
for one second intervals, decrementing _ARGP_HANG until it's zero. Thus
you can force the program to continue by attaching a debugger and setting
it to 0 yourself. */
static volatile int _argp_hang;
#define OPT_PROGNAME -2
#define OPT_USAGE -3
#define OPT_HANG -4
static const struct argp_option argp_default_options[] =
{
{"help", '?', 0, 0, N_("give this help list"), -1},
{"usage", OPT_USAGE, 0, 0, N_("give a short usage message"), 0},
{"program-name",OPT_PROGNAME,N_("NAME"), OPTION_HIDDEN, N_("set the program name"), 0},
{"HANG", OPT_HANG, N_("SECS"), OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL | OPTION_HIDDEN,
N_("hang for SECS seconds (default 3600)"), 0},
{NULL, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0}
};
static error_t
argp_default_parser (int key, char *arg, struct argp_state *state)
{
switch (key)
{
case '?':
__argp_state_help (state, state->out_stream, ARGP_HELP_STD_HELP);
break;
case OPT_USAGE:
__argp_state_help (state, state->out_stream,
ARGP_HELP_USAGE | ARGP_HELP_EXIT_OK);
break;
case OPT_PROGNAME: /* Set the program name. */
#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME
program_invocation_name = arg;
#endif
/* [Note that some systems only have PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME (aka
__PROGNAME), in which case, PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME is just defined
to be that, so we have to be a bit careful here.] */
/* Update what we use for messages. */
state->name = __argp_base_name (arg);
#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME
program_invocation_short_name = state->name;
#endif
if ((state->flags & (ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0 | ARGP_NO_ERRS))
== ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0)
/* Update what getopt uses too. */
state->argv[0] = arg;
break;
case OPT_HANG:
_argp_hang = atoi (arg ? arg : "3600");
while (_argp_hang-- > 0)
__sleep (1);
break;
default:
return EBADKEY;
}
return 0;
}
static const struct argp argp_default_argp =
{argp_default_options, &argp_default_parser, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, "libc"};
static const struct argp_option argp_version_options[] =
{
{"version", 'V', 0, 0, N_("print program version"), -1},
{NULL, 0, 0, 0, NULL, 0}
};
static error_t
argp_version_parser (int key, char *arg, struct argp_state *state)
{
switch (key)
{
case 'V':
if (argp_program_version_hook)
(*argp_program_version_hook) (state->out_stream, state);
else if (argp_program_version)
fprintf (state->out_stream, "%s\n", argp_program_version);
else
__argp_error (state, dgettext (state->root_argp->argp_domain,
"(PROGRAM ERROR) No version known!?"));
if (! (state->flags & ARGP_NO_EXIT))
exit (0);
break;
default:
return EBADKEY;
}
return 0;
}
static const struct argp argp_version_argp =
{argp_version_options, &argp_version_parser, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, "libc"};
/* Returns the offset into the getopt long options array LONG_OPTIONS of a
long option with called NAME, or -1 if none is found. Passing NULL as
NAME will return the number of options. */
static int
find_long_option (struct option *long_options, const char *name)
{
struct option *l = long_options;
while (l->name != NULL)
if (name != NULL && strcmp (l->name, name) == 0)
return l - long_options;
else
l++;
if (name == NULL)
return l - long_options;
else
return -1;
}
/* The state of a `group' during parsing. Each group corresponds to a
particular argp structure from the tree of such descending from the top
level argp passed to argp_parse. */
struct group
{
/* This group's parsing function. */
argp_parser_t parser;
/* Which argp this group is from. */
const struct argp *argp;
/* Points to the point in SHORT_OPTS corresponding to the end of the short
options for this group. We use it to determine from which group a
particular short options is from. */
char *short_end;
/* The number of non-option args sucessfully handled by this parser. */
unsigned args_processed;
/* This group's parser's parent's group. */
struct group *parent;
unsigned parent_index; /* And the our position in the parent. */
/* These fields are swapped into and out of the state structure when
calling this group's parser. */
void *input, **child_inputs;
void *hook;
};
/* Call GROUP's parser with KEY and ARG, swapping any group-specific info
from STATE before calling, and back into state afterwards. If GROUP has
no parser, EBADKEY is returned. */
static error_t
group_parse (struct group *group, struct argp_state *state, int key, char *arg)
{
if (group->parser)
{
error_t err;
state->hook = group->hook;
state->input = group->input;
state->child_inputs = group->child_inputs;
state->arg_num = group->args_processed;
err = (*group->parser)(key, arg, state);
group->hook = state->hook;
return err;
}
else
return EBADKEY;
}
struct parser
{
const struct argp *argp;
/* SHORT_OPTS is the getopt short options string for the union of all the
groups of options. */
char *short_opts;
/* LONG_OPTS is the array of getop long option structures for the union of
all the groups of options. */
struct option *long_opts;
/* OPT_DATA is the getopt data used for the re-entrant getopt. */
struct _getopt_data opt_data;
/* States of the various parsing groups. */
struct group *groups;
/* The end of the GROUPS array. */
struct group *egroup;
/* An vector containing storage for the CHILD_INPUTS field in all groups. */
void **child_inputs;
/* True if we think using getopt is still useful; if false, then
remaining arguments are just passed verbatim with ARGP_KEY_ARG. This is
cleared whenever getopt returns KEY_END, but may be set again if the user
moves the next argument pointer backwards. */
int try_getopt;
/* State block supplied to parsing routines. */
struct argp_state state;
/* Memory used by this parser. */
void *storage;
};
/* The next usable entries in the various parser tables being filled in by
convert_options. */
struct parser_convert_state
{
struct parser *parser;
char *short_end;
struct option *long_end;
void **child_inputs_end;
};
/* Converts all options in ARGP (which is put in GROUP) and ancestors
into getopt options stored in SHORT_OPTS and LONG_OPTS; SHORT_END and
CVT->LONG_END are the points at which new options are added. Returns the
next unused group entry. CVT holds state used during the conversion. */
static struct group *
convert_options (const struct argp *argp,
struct group *parent, unsigned parent_index,
struct group *group, struct parser_convert_state *cvt)
{
/* REAL is the most recent non-alias value of OPT. */
const struct argp_option *real = argp->options;
const struct argp_child *children = argp->children;
if (real || argp->parser)
{
const struct argp_option *opt;
if (real)
for (opt = real; !__option_is_end (opt); opt++)
{
if (! (opt->flags & OPTION_ALIAS))
/* OPT isn't an alias, so we can use values from it. */
real = opt;
if (! (real->flags & OPTION_DOC))
/* A real option (not just documentation). */
{
if (__option_is_short (opt))
/* OPT can be used as a short option. */
{
*cvt->short_end++ = opt->key;
if (real->arg)
{
*cvt->short_end++ = ':';
if (real->flags & OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL)
*cvt->short_end++ = ':';
}
*cvt->short_end = '\0'; /* keep 0 terminated */
}
if (opt->name
&& find_long_option (cvt->parser->long_opts, opt->name) < 0)
/* OPT can be used as a long option. */
{
cvt->long_end->name = opt->name;
cvt->long_end->has_arg =
(real->arg
? (real->flags & OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL
? optional_argument
: required_argument)
: no_argument);
cvt->long_end->flag = 0;
/* we add a disambiguating code to all the user's
values (which is removed before we actually call
the function to parse the value); this means that
the user loses use of the high 8 bits in all his
values (the sign of the lower bits is preserved
however)... */
cvt->long_end->val =
((opt->key | real->key) & USER_MASK)
+ (((group - cvt->parser->groups) + 1) << USER_BITS);
/* Keep the LONG_OPTS list terminated. */
(++cvt->long_end)->name = NULL;
}
}
}
group->parser = argp->parser;
group->argp = argp;
group->short_end = cvt->short_end;
group->args_processed = 0;
group->parent = parent;
group->parent_index = parent_index;
group->input = 0;
group->hook = 0;
group->child_inputs = 0;
if (children)
/* Assign GROUP's CHILD_INPUTS field some space from
CVT->child_inputs_end.*/
{
unsigned num_children = 0;
while (children[num_children].argp)
num_children++;
group->child_inputs = cvt->child_inputs_end;
cvt->child_inputs_end += num_children;
}
parent = group++;
}
else
parent = 0;
if (children)
{
unsigned index = 0;
while (children->argp)
group =
convert_options (children++->argp, parent, index++, group, cvt);
}
return group;
}
/* Find the merged set of getopt options, with keys appropiately prefixed. */
static void
parser_convert (struct parser *parser, const struct argp *argp, int flags)
{
struct parser_convert_state cvt;
cvt.parser = parser;
cvt.short_end = parser->short_opts;
cvt.long_end = parser->long_opts;
cvt.child_inputs_end = parser->child_inputs;
if (flags & ARGP_IN_ORDER)
*cvt.short_end++ = '-';
else if (flags & ARGP_NO_ARGS)
*cvt.short_end++ = '+';
*cvt.short_end = '\0';
cvt.long_end->name = NULL;
parser->argp = argp;
if (argp)
parser->egroup = convert_options (argp, 0, 0, parser->groups, &cvt);
else
parser->egroup = parser->groups; /* No parsers at all! */
}
/* Lengths of various parser fields which we will allocated. */
struct parser_sizes
{
size_t short_len; /* Getopt short options string. */
size_t long_len; /* Getopt long options vector. */
size_t num_groups; /* Group structures we allocate. */
size_t num_child_inputs; /* Child input slots. */
};
/* For ARGP, increments the NUM_GROUPS field in SZS by the total number of
argp structures descended from it, and the SHORT_LEN & LONG_LEN fields by
the maximum lengths of the resulting merged getopt short options string and
long-options array, respectively. */
static void
calc_sizes (const struct argp *argp, struct parser_sizes *szs)
{
const struct argp_child *child = argp->children;
const struct argp_option *opt = argp->options;
if (opt || argp->parser)
{
szs->num_groups++;
if (opt)
{
int num_opts = 0;
while (!__option_is_end (opt++))
num_opts++;
szs->short_len += num_opts * 3; /* opt + up to 2 `:'s */
szs->long_len += num_opts;
}
}
if (child)
while (child->argp)
{
calc_sizes ((child++)->argp, szs);
szs->num_child_inputs++;
}
}
/* Initializes PARSER to parse ARGP in a manner described by FLAGS. */
static error_t
parser_init (struct parser *parser, const struct argp *argp,
int argc, char **argv, int flags, void *input)
{
error_t err = 0;
struct group *group;
struct parser_sizes szs;
struct _getopt_data opt_data = _GETOPT_DATA_INITIALIZER;
char *storage;
size_t glen, gsum;
size_t clen, csum;
size_t llen, lsum;
size_t slen, ssum;
szs.short_len = (flags & ARGP_NO_ARGS) ? 0 : 1;
szs.long_len = 0;
szs.num_groups = 0;
szs.num_child_inputs = 0;
if (argp)
calc_sizes (argp, &szs);
/* Lengths of the various bits of storage used by PARSER. */
glen = (szs.num_groups + 1) * sizeof (struct group);
clen = szs.num_child_inputs * sizeof (void *);
llen = (szs.long_len + 1) * sizeof (struct option);
slen = szs.short_len + 1;
/* Sums of previous lengths, properly aligned. There's no need to
align gsum, since struct group is aligned at least as strictly as
void * (since it contains a void * member). And there's no need
to align lsum, since struct option is aligned at least as
strictly as char. */
gsum = glen;
csum = alignto (gsum + clen, alignof (struct option));
lsum = csum + llen;
ssum = lsum + slen;
parser->storage = malloc (ssum);
if (! parser->storage)
return ENOMEM;
storage = parser->storage;
parser->groups = parser->storage;
parser->child_inputs = (void **) (storage + gsum);
parser->long_opts = (struct option *) (storage + csum);
parser->short_opts = storage + lsum;
parser->opt_data = opt_data;
memset (parser->child_inputs, 0, clen);
parser_convert (parser, argp, flags);
memset (&parser->state, 0, sizeof (struct argp_state));
parser->state.root_argp = parser->argp;
parser->state.argc = argc;
parser->state.argv = argv;
parser->state.flags = flags;
parser->state.err_stream = stderr;
parser->state.out_stream = stdout;
parser->state.next = 0; /* Tell getopt to initialize. */
parser->state.pstate = parser;
parser->try_getopt = 1;
/* Call each parser for the first time, giving it a chance to propagate
values to child parsers. */
if (parser->groups < parser->egroup)
parser->groups->input = input;
for (group = parser->groups;
group < parser->egroup && (!err || err == EBADKEY);
group++)
{
if (group->parent)
/* If a child parser, get the initial input value from the parent. */
group->input = group->parent->child_inputs[group->parent_index];
if (!group->parser
&& group->argp->children && group->argp->children->argp)
/* For the special case where no parsing function is supplied for an
argp, propagate its input to its first child, if any (this just
makes very simple wrapper argps more convenient). */
group->child_inputs[0] = group->input;
err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_INIT, 0);
}
if (err == EBADKEY)
err = 0; /* Some parser didn't understand. */
if (err)
return err;
if (parser->state.flags & ARGP_NO_ERRS)
{
parser->opt_data.opterr = 0;
if (parser->state.flags & ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0)
/* getopt always skips ARGV[0], so we have to fake it out. As long
as OPTERR is 0, then it shouldn't actually try to access it. */
parser->state.argv--, parser->state.argc++;
}
else
parser->opt_data.opterr = 1; /* Print error messages. */
if (parser->state.argv == argv && argv[0])
/* There's an argv[0]; use it for messages. */
parser->state.name = __argp_base_name (argv[0]);
else
parser->state.name = __argp_short_program_name ();
return 0;
}
/* Free any storage consumed by PARSER (but not PARSER itself). */
static error_t
parser_finalize (struct parser *parser,
error_t err, int arg_ebadkey, int *end_index)
{
struct group *group;
if (err == EBADKEY && arg_ebadkey)
/* Suppress errors generated by unparsed arguments. */
err = 0;
if (! err)
{
if (parser->state.next == parser->state.argc)
/* We successfully parsed all arguments! Call all the parsers again,
just a few more times... */
{
for (group = parser->groups;
group < parser->egroup && (!err || err==EBADKEY);
group++)
if (group->args_processed == 0)
err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_NO_ARGS, 0);
for (group = parser->egroup - 1;
group >= parser->groups && (!err || err==EBADKEY);
group--)
err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_END, 0);
if (err == EBADKEY)
err = 0; /* Some parser didn't understand. */
/* Tell the user that all arguments are parsed. */
if (end_index)
*end_index = parser->state.next;
}
else if (end_index)
/* Return any remaining arguments to the user. */
*end_index = parser->state.next;
else
/* No way to return the remaining arguments, they must be bogus. */
{
if (!(parser->state.flags & ARGP_NO_ERRS)
&& parser->state.err_stream)
fprintf (parser->state.err_stream,
dgettext (parser->argp->argp_domain,
"%s: Too many arguments\n"),
parser->state.name);
err = EBADKEY;
}
}
/* Okay, we're all done, with either an error or success; call the parsers
to indicate which one. */
if (err)
{
/* Maybe print an error message. */
if (err == EBADKEY)
/* An appropriate message describing what the error was should have
been printed earlier. */
__argp_state_help (&parser->state, parser->state.err_stream,
ARGP_HELP_STD_ERR);
/* Since we didn't exit, give each parser an error indication. */
for (group = parser->groups; group < parser->egroup; group++)
group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_ERROR, 0);
}
else
/* Notify parsers of success, and propagate back values from parsers. */
{
/* We pass over the groups in reverse order so that child groups are
given a chance to do there processing before passing back a value to
the parent. */
for (group = parser->egroup - 1
; group >= parser->groups && (!err || err == EBADKEY)
; group--)
err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_SUCCESS, 0);
if (err == EBADKEY)
err = 0; /* Some parser didn't understand. */
}
/* Call parsers once more, to do any final cleanup. Errors are ignored. */
for (group = parser->egroup - 1; group >= parser->groups; group--)
group_parse (group, &parser->state, ARGP_KEY_FINI, 0);
if (err == EBADKEY)
err = EINVAL;
free (parser->storage);
return err;
}
/* Call the user parsers to parse the non-option argument VAL, at the current
position, returning any error. The state NEXT pointer is assumed to have
been adjusted (by getopt) to point after this argument; this function will
adjust it correctly to reflect however many args actually end up being
consumed. */
static error_t
parser_parse_arg (struct parser *parser, char *val)
{
/* Save the starting value of NEXT, first adjusting it so that the arg
we're parsing is again the front of the arg vector. */
int index = --parser->state.next;
error_t err = EBADKEY;
struct group *group;
int key = 0; /* Which of ARGP_KEY_ARG[S] we used. */
/* Try to parse the argument in each parser. */
for (group = parser->groups
; group < parser->egroup && err == EBADKEY
; group++)
{
parser->state.next++; /* For ARGP_KEY_ARG, consume the arg. */
key = ARGP_KEY_ARG;
err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, key, val);
if (err == EBADKEY)
/* This parser doesn't like ARGP_KEY_ARG; try ARGP_KEY_ARGS instead. */
{
parser->state.next--; /* For ARGP_KEY_ARGS, put back the arg. */
key = ARGP_KEY_ARGS;
err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, key, 0);
}
}
if (! err)
{
if (key == ARGP_KEY_ARGS)
/* The default for ARGP_KEY_ARGS is to assume that if NEXT isn't
changed by the user, *all* arguments should be considered
consumed. */
parser->state.next = parser->state.argc;
if (parser->state.next > index)
/* Remember that we successfully processed a non-option
argument -- but only if the user hasn't gotten tricky and set
the clock back. */
(--group)->args_processed += (parser->state.next - index);
else
/* The user wants to reparse some args, give getopt another try. */
parser->try_getopt = 1;
}
return err;
}
/* Call the user parsers to parse the option OPT, with argument VAL, at the
current position, returning any error. */
static error_t
parser_parse_opt (struct parser *parser, int opt, char *val)
{
/* The group key encoded in the high bits; 0 for short opts or
group_number + 1 for long opts. */
int group_key = opt >> USER_BITS;
error_t err = EBADKEY;
if (group_key == 0)
/* A short option. By comparing OPT's position in SHORT_OPTS to the
various starting positions in each group's SHORT_END field, we can
determine which group OPT came from. */
{
struct group *group;
char *short_index = strchr (parser->short_opts, opt);
if (short_index)
for (group = parser->groups; group < parser->egroup; group++)
if (group->short_end > short_index)
{
err = group_parse (group, &parser->state, opt,
parser->opt_data.optarg);
break;
}
}
else
/* A long option. We use shifts instead of masking for extracting
the user value in order to preserve the sign. */
err =
group_parse (&parser->groups[group_key - 1], &parser->state,
(opt << GROUP_BITS) >> GROUP_BITS,
parser->opt_data.optarg);
if (err == EBADKEY)
/* At least currently, an option not recognized is an error in the
parser, because we pre-compute which parser is supposed to deal
with each option. */
{
static const char bad_key_err[] =
N_("(PROGRAM ERROR) Option should have been recognized!?");
if (group_key == 0)
__argp_error (&parser->state, "-%c: %s", opt,
dgettext (parser->argp->argp_domain, bad_key_err));
else
{
struct option *long_opt = parser->long_opts;
while (long_opt->val != opt && long_opt->name)
long_opt++;
__argp_error (&parser->state, "--%s: %s",
long_opt->name ? long_opt->name : "???",
dgettext (parser->argp->argp_domain, bad_key_err));
}
}
return err;
}
/* Parse the next argument in PARSER (as indicated by PARSER->state.next).
Any error from the parsers is returned, and *ARGP_EBADKEY indicates
whether a value of EBADKEY is due to an unrecognized argument (which is
generally not fatal). */
static error_t
parser_parse_next (struct parser *parser, int *arg_ebadkey)
{
int opt;
error_t err = 0;
if (parser->state.quoted && parser->state.next < parser->state.quoted)
/* The next argument pointer has been moved to before the quoted
region, so pretend we never saw the quoting `--', and give getopt
another chance. If the user hasn't removed it, getopt will just
process it again. */
parser->state.quoted = 0;
if (parser->try_getopt && !parser->state.quoted)
/* Give getopt a chance to parse this. */
{
/* Put it back in OPTIND for getopt. */
parser->opt_data.optind = parser->state.next;
/* Distinguish KEY_ERR from a real option. */
parser->opt_data.optopt = KEY_END;
if (parser->state.flags & ARGP_LONG_ONLY)
opt = _getopt_long_only_r (parser->state.argc, parser->state.argv,
parser->short_opts, parser->long_opts, 0,
&parser->opt_data);
else
opt = _getopt_long_r (parser->state.argc, parser->state.argv,
parser->short_opts, parser->long_opts, 0,
&parser->opt_data);
/* And see what getopt did. */
parser->state.next = parser->opt_data.optind;
if (opt == KEY_END)
/* Getopt says there are no more options, so stop using
getopt; we'll continue if necessary on our own. */
{
parser->try_getopt = 0;
if (parser->state.next > 1
&& strcmp (parser->state.argv[parser->state.next - 1], QUOTE)
== 0)
/* Not only is this the end of the options, but it's a
`quoted' region, which may have args that *look* like
options, so we definitely shouldn't try to use getopt past
here, whatever happens. */
parser->state.quoted = parser->state.next;
}
else if (opt == KEY_ERR && parser->opt_data.optopt != KEY_END)
/* KEY_ERR can have the same value as a valid user short
option, but in the case of a real error, getopt sets OPTOPT
to the offending character, which can never be KEY_END. */
{
*arg_ebadkey = 0;
return EBADKEY;
}
}
else
opt = KEY_END;
if (opt == KEY_END)
{
/* We're past what getopt considers the options. */
if (parser->state.next >= parser->state.argc
|| (parser->state.flags & ARGP_NO_ARGS))
/* Indicate that we're done. */
{
*arg_ebadkey = 1;
return EBADKEY;
}
else
/* A non-option arg; simulate what getopt might have done. */
{
opt = KEY_ARG;
parser->opt_data.optarg = parser->state.argv[parser->state.next++];
}
}
if (opt == KEY_ARG)
/* A non-option argument; try each parser in turn. */
err = parser_parse_arg (parser, parser->opt_data.optarg);
else
err = parser_parse_opt (parser, opt, parser->opt_data.optarg);
if (err == EBADKEY)
*arg_ebadkey = (opt == KEY_END || opt == KEY_ARG);
return err;
}
/* Parse the options strings in ARGC & ARGV according to the argp in ARGP.
FLAGS is one of the ARGP_ flags above. If END_INDEX is non-NULL, the
index in ARGV of the first unparsed option is returned in it. If an
unknown option is present, EINVAL is returned; if some parser routine
returned a non-zero value, it is returned; otherwise 0 is returned. */
error_t
__argp_parse (const struct argp *argp, int argc, char **argv, unsigned flags,
int *end_index, void *input)
{
error_t err;
struct parser parser;
/* If true, then err == EBADKEY is a result of a non-option argument failing
to be parsed (which in some cases isn't actually an error). */
int arg_ebadkey = 0;
#ifndef _LIBC
if (!(flags & ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0))
{
#ifdef HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME
if (!program_invocation_name)
program_invocation_name = argv[0];
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME
if (!program_invocation_short_name)
program_invocation_short_name = __argp_base_name (argv[0]);
#endif
}
#endif
if (! (flags & ARGP_NO_HELP))
/* Add our own options. */
{
struct argp_child *child = alloca (4 * sizeof (struct argp_child));
struct argp *top_argp = alloca (sizeof (struct argp));
/* TOP_ARGP has no options, it just serves to group the user & default
argps. */
memset (top_argp, 0, sizeof (*top_argp));
top_argp->children = child;
memset (child, 0, 4 * sizeof (struct argp_child));
if (argp)
(child++)->argp = argp;
(child++)->argp = &argp_default_argp;
if (argp_program_version || argp_program_version_hook)
(child++)->argp = &argp_version_argp;
child->argp = 0;
argp = top_argp;
}
/* Construct a parser for these arguments. */
err = parser_init (&parser, argp, argc, argv, flags, input);
if (! err)
/* Parse! */
{
while (! err)
err = parser_parse_next (&parser, &arg_ebadkey);
err = parser_finalize (&parser, err, arg_ebadkey, end_index);
}
return err;
}
#ifdef weak_alias
weak_alias (__argp_parse, argp_parse)
#endif
/* Return the input field for ARGP in the parser corresponding to STATE; used
by the help routines. */
void *
__argp_input (const struct argp *argp, const struct argp_state *state)
{
if (state)
{
struct group *group;
struct parser *parser = state->pstate;
for (group = parser->groups; group < parser->egroup; group++)
if (group->argp == argp)
return group->input;
}
return 0;
}
#ifdef weak_alias
weak_alias (__argp_input, _argp_input)
#endif

28
contrib/cpio/lib/argp-pin.c
View File

@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
/* Full and short program names for argp module
Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME
char *program_invocation_short_name = 0;
#endif
#ifndef HAVE_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME
char *program_invocation_name = 0;
#endif

24
contrib/cpio/lib/argp-pv.c
View File

@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
/* Default definition for ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION.
Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1999, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
/* If set by the user program to a non-zero value, then a default option
--version is added (unless the ARGP_NO_HELP flag is used), which will
print this string followed by a newline and exit (unless the
ARGP_NO_EXIT flag is used). Overridden by ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION_HOOK. */
const char *argp_program_version;

31
contrib/cpio/lib/argp-pvh.c
View File

@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
/* Default definition for ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION_HOOK.
Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1999, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include "argp.h"
/* If set by the user program to a non-zero value, then a default option
--version is added (unless the ARGP_NO_HELP flag is used), which calls
this function with a stream to print the version to and a pointer to the
current parsing state, and then exits (unless the ARGP_NO_EXIT flag is
used). This variable takes precedent over ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION. */
void (*argp_program_version_hook) (FILE *stream, struct argp_state *state) = NULL;

43
contrib/cpio/lib/argp-xinl.c
View File

@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
/* Real definitions for extern inline functions in argp.h
Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_FEATURES_H
# include <features.h>
#endif
#ifndef __USE_EXTERN_INLINES
# define __USE_EXTERN_INLINES 1
#endif
#define ARGP_EI
#undef __OPTIMIZE__
#define __OPTIMIZE__ 1
#include "argp.h"
/* Add weak aliases. */
#if _LIBC - 0 && defined (weak_alias)
weak_alias (__argp_usage, argp_usage)
weak_alias (__option_is_short, _option_is_short)
weak_alias (__option_is_end, _option_is_end)
#endif

624
contrib/cpio/lib/argp.h
View File

@ -1,624 +0,0 @@
/* $FreeBSD$ */
/* Hierarchial argument parsing, layered over getopt.
Copyright (C) 1995-1999,2003-2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#ifndef _ARGP_H
#define _ARGP_H
#include <stdio.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include <getopt.h>
#include <limits.h>
#define __need_error_t
#include <errno.h>
#ifndef __THROW
# define __THROW
#endif
#ifndef __NTH
# define __NTH(fct) fct __THROW
#endif
#ifndef __attribute__
/* This feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later. */
# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5) || __STRICT_ANSI__
# define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */
# endif
/* The __-protected variants of `format' and `printf' attributes
are accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later. */
# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7) || __STRICT_ANSI__
# define __format__ format
# define __printf__ printf
# endif
#endif
/* GCC 2.95 and later have "__restrict"; C99 compilers have
"restrict", and "configure" may have defined "restrict".
Other compilers use __restrict, __restrict__, and _Restrict, and
'configure' might #define 'restrict' to those words. */
#ifndef __restrict
# if ! (2 < __GNUC__ || (2 == __GNUC__ && 95 <= __GNUC_MINOR__))
# if 199901L <= __STDC_VERSION__
# define __restrict restrict
# else
# define __restrict
# endif
# endif
#endif
#ifndef __error_t_defined
typedef int error_t;
# define __error_t_defined
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* A description of a particular option. A pointer to an array of
these is passed in the OPTIONS field of an argp structure. Each option
entry can correspond to one long option and/or one short option; more
names for the same option can be added by following an entry in an option
array with options having the OPTION_ALIAS flag set. */
struct argp_option
{
/* The long option name. For more than one name for the same option, you
can use following options with the OPTION_ALIAS flag set. */
const char *name;
/* What key is returned for this option. If > 0 and printable, then it's
also accepted as a short option. */
int key;
/* If non-NULL, this is the name of the argument associated with this
option, which is required unless the OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL flag is set. */
const char *arg;
/* OPTION_ flags. */
int flags;
/* The doc string for this option. If both NAME and KEY are 0, This string
will be printed outdented from the normal option column, making it
useful as a group header (it will be the first thing printed in its
group); in this usage, it's conventional to end the string with a `:'.
Write the initial value as N_("TEXT") if you want xgettext to collect
it into a POT file. */
const char *doc;
/* The group this option is in. In a long help message, options are sorted
alphabetically within each group, and the groups presented in the order
0, 1, 2, ..., n, -m, ..., -2, -1. Every entry in an options array with
if this field 0 will inherit the group number of the previous entry, or
zero if it's the first one, unless its a group header (NAME and KEY both
0), in which case, the previous entry + 1 is the default. Automagic
options such as --help are put into group -1. */
int group;
};
/* The argument associated with this option is optional. */
#define OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL 0x1
/* This option isn't displayed in any help messages. */
#define OPTION_HIDDEN 0x2
/* This option is an alias for the closest previous non-alias option. This
means that it will be displayed in the same help entry, and will inherit
fields other than NAME and KEY from the aliased option. */
#define OPTION_ALIAS 0x4
/* This option isn't actually an option (and so should be ignored by the
actual option parser), but rather an arbitrary piece of documentation that
should be displayed in much the same manner as the options. If this flag
is set, then the option NAME field is displayed unmodified (e.g., no `--'
prefix is added) at the left-margin (where a *short* option would normally
be displayed), and the documentation string in the normal place. The NAME
field will be translated using gettext, unless OPTION_NO_TRANS is set (see
below). For purposes of sorting, any leading whitespace and punctuation is
ignored, except that if the first non-whitespace character is not `-', this
entry is displayed after all options (and OPTION_DOC entries with a leading
`-') in the same group. */
#define OPTION_DOC 0x8
/* This option shouldn't be included in `long' usage messages (but is still
included in help messages). This is mainly intended for options that are
completely documented in an argp's ARGS_DOC field, in which case including
the option in the generic usage list would be redundant. For instance,
if ARGS_DOC is "FOO BAR\n-x BLAH", and the `-x' option's purpose is to
distinguish these two cases, -x should probably be marked
OPTION_NO_USAGE. */
#define OPTION_NO_USAGE 0x10
/* Valid only in conjunction with OPTION_DOC. This option disables translation
of option name. */
#define OPTION_NO_TRANS 0x20
struct argp; /* fwd declare this type */
struct argp_state; /* " */
struct argp_child; /* " */
/* The type of a pointer to an argp parsing function. */
typedef error_t (*argp_parser_t) (int key, char *arg,
struct argp_state *state);
/* What to return for unrecognized keys. For special ARGP_KEY_ keys, such
returns will simply be ignored. For user keys, this error will be turned
into EINVAL (if the call to argp_parse is such that errors are propagated
back to the user instead of exiting); returning EINVAL itself would result
in an immediate stop to parsing in *all* cases. */
#define ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN E2BIG /* Hurd should never need E2BIG. XXX */
/* Special values for the KEY argument to an argument parsing function.
ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN should be returned if they aren't understood.
The sequence of keys to a parsing function is either (where each
uppercased word should be prefixed by `ARGP_KEY_' and opt is a user key):
INIT opt... NO_ARGS END SUCCESS -- No non-option arguments at all
or INIT (opt | ARG)... END SUCCESS -- All non-option args parsed
or INIT (opt | ARG)... SUCCESS -- Some non-option arg unrecognized
The third case is where every parser returned ARGP_KEY_UNKNOWN for an
argument, in which case parsing stops at that argument (returning the
unparsed arguments to the caller of argp_parse if requested, or stopping
with an error message if not).
If an error occurs (either detected by argp, or because the parsing
function returned an error value), then the parser is called with
ARGP_KEY_ERROR, and no further calls are made. */
/* This is not an option at all, but rather a command line argument. If a
parser receiving this key returns success, the fact is recorded, and the
ARGP_KEY_NO_ARGS case won't be used. HOWEVER, if while processing the
argument, a parser function decrements the NEXT field of the state it's
passed, the option won't be considered processed; this is to allow you to
actually modify the argument (perhaps into an option), and have it
processed again. */
#define ARGP_KEY_ARG 0
/* There are remaining arguments not parsed by any parser, which may be found
starting at (STATE->argv + STATE->next). If success is returned, but
STATE->next left untouched, it's assumed that all arguments were consume,
otherwise, the parser should adjust STATE->next to reflect any arguments
consumed. */
#define ARGP_KEY_ARGS 0x1000006
/* There are no more command line arguments at all. */
#define ARGP_KEY_END 0x1000001
/* Because it's common to want to do some special processing if there aren't
any non-option args, user parsers are called with this key if they didn't
successfully process any non-option arguments. Called just before
ARGP_KEY_END (where more general validity checks on previously parsed
arguments can take place). */
#define ARGP_KEY_NO_ARGS 0x1000002
/* Passed in before any parsing is done. Afterwards, the values of each
element of the CHILD_INPUT field, if any, in the state structure is
copied to each child's state to be the initial value of the INPUT field. */
#define ARGP_KEY_INIT 0x1000003
/* Use after all other keys, including SUCCESS & END. */
#define ARGP_KEY_FINI 0x1000007
/* Passed in when parsing has successfully been completed (even if there are
still arguments remaining). */
#define ARGP_KEY_SUCCESS 0x1000004
/* Passed in if an error occurs. */
#define ARGP_KEY_ERROR 0x1000005
/* An argp structure contains a set of options declarations, a function to
deal with parsing one, documentation string, a possible vector of child
argp's, and perhaps a function to filter help output. When actually
parsing options, getopt is called with the union of all the argp
structures chained together through their CHILD pointers, with conflicts
being resolved in favor of the first occurrence in the chain. */
struct argp
{
/* An array of argp_option structures, terminated by an entry with both
NAME and KEY having a value of 0. */
const struct argp_option *options;
/* What to do with an option from this structure. KEY is the key
associated with the option, and ARG is any associated argument (NULL if
none was supplied). If KEY isn't understood, ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN should be
returned. If a non-zero, non-ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN value is returned, then
parsing is stopped immediately, and that value is returned from
argp_parse(). For special (non-user-supplied) values of KEY, see the
ARGP_KEY_ definitions below. */
argp_parser_t parser;
/* A string describing what other arguments are wanted by this program. It
is only used by argp_usage to print the `Usage:' message. If it
contains newlines, the strings separated by them are considered
alternative usage patterns, and printed on separate lines (lines after
the first are prefix by ` or: ' instead of `Usage:'). */
const char *args_doc;
/* If non-NULL, a string containing extra text to be printed before and
after the options in a long help message (separated by a vertical tab
`\v' character).
Write the initial value as N_("BEFORE-TEXT") "\v" N_("AFTER-TEXT") if
you want xgettext to collect the two pieces of text into a POT file. */
const char *doc;
/* A vector of argp_children structures, terminated by a member with a 0
argp field, pointing to child argps should be parsed with this one. Any
conflicts are resolved in favor of this argp, or early argps in the
CHILDREN list. This field is useful if you use libraries that supply
their own argp structure, which you want to use in conjunction with your
own. */
const struct argp_child *children;
/* If non-zero, this should be a function to filter the output of help
messages. KEY is either a key from an option, in which case TEXT is
that option's help text, or a special key from the ARGP_KEY_HELP_
defines, below, describing which other help text TEXT is. The function
should return either TEXT, if it should be used as-is, a replacement
string, which should be malloced, and will be freed by argp, or NULL,
meaning `print nothing'. The value for TEXT is *after* any translation
has been done, so if any of the replacement text also needs translation,
that should be done by the filter function. INPUT is either the input
supplied to argp_parse, or NULL, if argp_help was called directly. */
char *(*help_filter) (int __key, const char *__text, void *__input);
/* If non-zero the strings used in the argp library are translated using
the domain described by this string. Otherwise the currently installed
default domain is used. */
const char *argp_domain;
};
/* Possible KEY arguments to a help filter function. */
#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_PRE_DOC 0x2000001 /* Help text preceeding options. */
#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_POST_DOC 0x2000002 /* Help text following options. */
#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_HEADER 0x2000003 /* Option header string. */
#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_EXTRA 0x2000004 /* After all other documentation;
TEXT is NULL for this key. */
/* Explanatory note emitted when duplicate option arguments have been
suppressed. */
#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_DUP_ARGS_NOTE 0x2000005
#define ARGP_KEY_HELP_ARGS_DOC 0x2000006 /* Argument doc string. */
/* When an argp has a non-zero CHILDREN field, it should point to a vector of
argp_child structures, each of which describes a subsidiary argp. */
struct argp_child
{
/* The child parser. */
const struct argp *argp;
/* Flags for this child. */
int flags;
/* If non-zero, an optional header to be printed in help output before the
child options. As a side-effect, a non-zero value forces the child
options to be grouped together; to achieve this effect without actually
printing a header string, use a value of "". */
const char *header;
/* Where to group the child options relative to the other (`consolidated')
options in the parent argp; the values are the same as the GROUP field
in argp_option structs, but all child-groupings follow parent options at
a particular group level. If both this field and HEADER are zero, then
they aren't grouped at all, but rather merged with the parent options
(merging the child's grouping levels with the parents). */
int group;
};
/* Parsing state. This is provided to parsing functions called by argp,
which may examine and, as noted, modify fields. */
struct argp_state
{
/* The top level ARGP being parsed. */
const struct argp *root_argp;
/* The argument vector being parsed. May be modified. */
int argc;
char **argv;
/* The index in ARGV of the next arg that to be parsed. May be modified. */
int next;
/* The flags supplied to argp_parse. May be modified. */
unsigned flags;
/* While calling a parsing function with a key of ARGP_KEY_ARG, this is the
number of the current arg, starting at zero, and incremented after each
such call returns. At all other times, this is the number of such
arguments that have been processed. */
unsigned arg_num;
/* If non-zero, the index in ARGV of the first argument following a special
`--' argument (which prevents anything following being interpreted as an
option). Only set once argument parsing has proceeded past this point. */
int quoted;
/* An arbitrary pointer passed in from the user. */
void *input;
/* Values to pass to child parsers. This vector will be the same length as
the number of children for the current parser. */
void **child_inputs;
/* For the parser's use. Initialized to 0. */
void *hook;
/* The name used when printing messages. This is initialized to ARGV[0],
or PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME if that is unavailable. */
char *name;
/* Streams used when argp prints something. */
FILE *err_stream; /* For errors; initialized to stderr. */
FILE *out_stream; /* For information; initialized to stdout. */
void *pstate; /* Private, for use by argp. */
};
/* Flags for argp_parse (note that the defaults are those that are
convenient for program command line parsing): */
/* Don't ignore the first element of ARGV. Normally (and always unless
ARGP_NO_ERRS is set) the first element of the argument vector is
skipped for option parsing purposes, as it corresponds to the program name
in a command line. */
#define ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0 0x01
/* Don't print error messages for unknown options to stderr; unless this flag
is set, ARGP_PARSE_ARGV0 is ignored, as ARGV[0] is used as the program
name in the error messages. This flag implies ARGP_NO_EXIT (on the
assumption that silent exiting upon errors is bad behaviour). */
#define ARGP_NO_ERRS 0x02
/* Don't parse any non-option args. Normally non-option args are parsed by
calling the parse functions with a key of ARGP_KEY_ARG, and the actual arg
as the value. Since it's impossible to know which parse function wants to
handle it, each one is called in turn, until one returns 0 or an error
other than ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN; if an argument is handled by no one, the
argp_parse returns prematurely (but with a return value of 0). If all
args have been parsed without error, all parsing functions are called one
last time with a key of ARGP_KEY_END. This flag needn't normally be set,
as the normal behavior is to stop parsing as soon as some argument can't
be handled. */
#define ARGP_NO_ARGS 0x04
/* Parse options and arguments in the same order they occur on the command
line -- normally they're rearranged so that all options come first. */
#define ARGP_IN_ORDER 0x08
/* Don't provide the standard long option --help, which causes usage and
option help information to be output to stdout, and exit (0) called. */
#define ARGP_NO_HELP 0x10
/* Don't exit on errors (they may still result in error messages). */
#define ARGP_NO_EXIT 0x20
/* Use the gnu getopt `long-only' rules for parsing arguments. */
#define ARGP_LONG_ONLY 0x40
/* Turns off any message-printing/exiting options. */
#define ARGP_SILENT (ARGP_NO_EXIT | ARGP_NO_ERRS | ARGP_NO_HELP)
/* Parse the options strings in ARGC & ARGV according to the options in ARGP.
FLAGS is one of the ARGP_ flags above. If ARG_INDEX is non-NULL, the
index in ARGV of the first unparsed option is returned in it. If an
unknown option is present, ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN is returned; if some parser
routine returned a non-zero value, it is returned; otherwise 0 is
returned. This function may also call exit unless the ARGP_NO_HELP flag
is set. INPUT is a pointer to a value to be passed in to the parser. */
extern error_t argp_parse (const struct argp *__restrict __argp,
int /*argc*/, char **__restrict /*argv*/,
unsigned __flags, int *__restrict __arg_index,
void *__restrict __input);
extern error_t __argp_parse (const struct argp *__restrict __argp,
int /*argc*/, char **__restrict /*argv*/,
unsigned __flags, int *__restrict __arg_index,
void *__restrict __input);
/* Global variables. */
/* GNULIB makes sure both program_invocation_name and
program_invocation_short_name are available */
#ifdef GNULIB_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME
extern char *program_invocation_name;
# undef HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME
# define HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME 1
#endif
#ifdef GNULIB_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME
extern char *program_invocation_short_name;
# undef HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME
# define HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_SHORT_NAME 1
#endif
/* If defined or set by the user program to a non-zero value, then a default
option --version is added (unless the ARGP_NO_HELP flag is used), which
will print this string followed by a newline and exit (unless the
ARGP_NO_EXIT flag is used). Overridden by ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION_HOOK. */
extern const char *argp_program_version;
/* If defined or set by the user program to a non-zero value, then a default
option --version is added (unless the ARGP_NO_HELP flag is used), which
calls this function with a stream to print the version to and a pointer to
the current parsing state, and then exits (unless the ARGP_NO_EXIT flag is
used). This variable takes precedent over ARGP_PROGRAM_VERSION. */
extern void (*argp_program_version_hook) (FILE *__restrict __stream,
struct argp_state *__restrict
__state);
/* If defined or set by the user program, it should point to string that is
the bug-reporting address for the program. It will be printed by
argp_help if the ARGP_HELP_BUG_ADDR flag is set (as it is by various
standard help messages), embedded in a sentence that says something like
`Report bugs to ADDR.'. */
extern const char *argp_program_bug_address;
/* The exit status that argp will use when exiting due to a parsing error.
If not defined or set by the user program, this defaults to EX_USAGE from
<sysexits.h>. */
extern error_t argp_err_exit_status;
/* Flags for argp_help. */
#define ARGP_HELP_USAGE 0x01 /* a Usage: message. */
#define ARGP_HELP_SHORT_USAGE 0x02 /* " but don't actually print options. */
#define ARGP_HELP_SEE 0x04 /* a `Try ... for more help' message. */
#define ARGP_HELP_LONG 0x08 /* a long help message. */
#define ARGP_HELP_PRE_DOC 0x10 /* doc string preceding long help. */
#define ARGP_HELP_POST_DOC 0x20 /* doc string following long help. */
#define ARGP_HELP_DOC (ARGP_HELP_PRE_DOC | ARGP_HELP_POST_DOC)
#define ARGP_HELP_BUG_ADDR 0x40 /* bug report address */
#define ARGP_HELP_LONG_ONLY 0x80 /* modify output appropriately to
reflect ARGP_LONG_ONLY mode. */
/* These ARGP_HELP flags are only understood by argp_state_help. */
#define ARGP_HELP_EXIT_ERR 0x100 /* Call exit(1) instead of returning. */
#define ARGP_HELP_EXIT_OK 0x200 /* Call exit(0) instead of returning. */
/* The standard thing to do after a program command line parsing error, if an
error message has already been printed. */
#define ARGP_HELP_STD_ERR \
(ARGP_HELP_SEE | ARGP_HELP_EXIT_ERR)
/* The standard thing to do after a program command line parsing error, if no
more specific error message has been printed. */
#define ARGP_HELP_STD_USAGE \
(ARGP_HELP_SHORT_USAGE | ARGP_HELP_SEE | ARGP_HELP_EXIT_ERR)
/* The standard thing to do in response to a --help option. */
#define ARGP_HELP_STD_HELP \
(ARGP_HELP_SHORT_USAGE | ARGP_HELP_LONG | ARGP_HELP_EXIT_OK \
| ARGP_HELP_DOC | ARGP_HELP_BUG_ADDR)
/* Output a usage message for ARGP to STREAM. FLAGS are from the set
ARGP_HELP_*. */
extern void argp_help (const struct argp *__restrict __argp,
FILE *__restrict __stream,
unsigned __flags, char *__restrict __name);
extern void __argp_help (const struct argp *__restrict __argp,
FILE *__restrict __stream, unsigned __flags,
char *__name);
/* The following routines are intended to be called from within an argp
parsing routine (thus taking an argp_state structure as the first
argument). They may or may not print an error message and exit, depending
on the flags in STATE -- in any case, the caller should be prepared for
them *not* to exit, and should return an appropiate error after calling
them. [argp_usage & argp_error should probably be called argp_state_...,
but they're used often enough that they should be short] */
/* Output, if appropriate, a usage message for STATE to STREAM. FLAGS are
from the set ARGP_HELP_*. */
extern void argp_state_help (const struct argp_state *__restrict __state,
FILE *__restrict __stream,
unsigned int __flags);
extern void __argp_state_help (const struct argp_state *__restrict __state,
FILE *__restrict __stream,
unsigned int __flags);
/* Possibly output the standard usage message for ARGP to stderr and exit. */
extern void argp_usage (const struct argp_state *__state);
extern void __argp_usage (const struct argp_state *__state);
/* If appropriate, print the printf string FMT and following args, preceded
by the program name and `:', to stderr, and followed by a `Try ... --help'
message, then exit (1). */
extern void argp_error (const struct argp_state *__restrict __state,
const char *__restrict __fmt, ...)
__attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 2, 3)));
extern void __argp_error (const struct argp_state *__restrict __state,
const char *__restrict __fmt, ...)
__attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 2, 3)));
/* Similar to the standard gnu error-reporting function error(), but will
respect the ARGP_NO_EXIT and ARGP_NO_ERRS flags in STATE, and will print
to STATE->err_stream. This is useful for argument parsing code that is
shared between program startup (when exiting is desired) and runtime
option parsing (when typically an error code is returned instead). The
difference between this function and argp_error is that the latter is for
*parsing errors*, and the former is for other problems that occur during
parsing but don't reflect a (syntactic) problem with the input. */
extern void argp_failure (const struct argp_state *__restrict __state,
int __status, int __errnum,
const char *__restrict __fmt, ...)
__attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 4, 5)));
extern void __argp_failure (const struct argp_state *__restrict __state,
int __status, int __errnum,
const char *__restrict __fmt, ...)
__attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 4, 5)));
/* Returns true if the option OPT is a valid short option. */
extern int _option_is_short (const struct argp_option *__opt) __THROW;
extern int __option_is_short (const struct argp_option *__opt) __THROW;
/* Returns true if the option OPT is in fact the last (unused) entry in an
options array. */
extern int _option_is_end (const struct argp_option *__opt) __THROW;
extern int __option_is_end (const struct argp_option *__opt) __THROW;
/* Return the input field for ARGP in the parser corresponding to STATE; used
by the help routines. */
extern void *_argp_input (const struct argp *__restrict __argp,
const struct argp_state *__restrict __state)
__THROW;
extern void *__argp_input (const struct argp *__restrict __argp,
const struct argp_state *__restrict __state)
__THROW;
#ifdef __USE_EXTERN_INLINES
# if !_LIBC
# define __argp_usage argp_usage
# define __argp_state_help argp_state_help
# define __option_is_short _option_is_short
# define __option_is_end _option_is_end
# endif
# ifndef ARGP_EI
# define ARGP_EI extern __inline__
# endif
ARGP_EI void
__argp_usage (const struct argp_state *__state)
{
__argp_state_help (__state, stderr, ARGP_HELP_STD_USAGE);
}
ARGP_EI int
__NTH (__option_is_short (const struct argp_option *__opt))
{
if (__opt->flags & OPTION_DOC)
return 0;
else
{
int __key = __opt->key;
return __key > 0 && __key <= UCHAR_MAX && isprint (__key);
}
}
ARGP_EI int
__NTH (__option_is_end (const struct argp_option *__opt))
{
return !__opt->key && !__opt->name && !__opt->doc && !__opt->group;
}
# if !_LIBC
# undef __argp_usage
# undef __argp_state_help
# undef __option_is_short
# undef __option_is_end
# endif
#endif /* Use extern inlines. */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* argp.h */

129
contrib/cpio/lib/basename.c
View File

@ -1,129 +0,0 @@
/* basename.c -- return the last element in a file name
Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free
Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#include <config.h>
#include "dirname.h"
#include <string.h>
#include "xalloc.h"
#include "xstrndup.h"
/* Return the address of the last file name component of NAME. If
NAME has no relative file name components because it is a file
system root, return the empty string. */
char *
last_component (char const *name)
{
char const *base = name + FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name);
char const *p;
bool saw_slash = false;
while (ISSLASH (*base))
base++;
for (p = base; *p; p++)
{
if (ISSLASH (*p))
saw_slash = true;
else if (saw_slash)
{
base = p;
saw_slash = false;
}
}
return (char *) base;
}
/* In general, we can't use the builtin `basename' function if available,
since it has different meanings in different environments.
In some environments the builtin `basename' modifies its argument.
Return the last file name component of NAME, allocated with
xmalloc. On systems with drive letters, a leading "./"
distinguishes relative names that would otherwise look like a drive
letter. Unlike POSIX basename(), NAME cannot be NULL,
base_name("") returns "", and the first trailing slash is not
stripped.
If lstat (NAME) would succeed, then { chdir (dir_name (NAME));
lstat (base_name (NAME)); } will access the same file. Likewise,
if the sequence { chdir (dir_name (NAME));
rename (base_name (NAME), "foo"); } succeeds, you have renamed NAME
to "foo" in the same directory NAME was in. */
char *
base_name (char const *name)
{
char const *base = last_component (name);
size_t length;
/* If there is no last component, then name is a file system root or the
empty string. */
if (! *base)
return xstrndup (name, base_len (name));
/* Collapse a sequence of trailing slashes into one. */
length = base_len (base);
if (ISSLASH (base[length]))
length++;
/* On systems with drive letters, `a/b:c' must return `./b:c' rather
than `b:c' to avoid confusion with a drive letter. On systems
with pure POSIX semantics, this is not an issue. */
if (FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (base))
{
char *p = xmalloc (length + 3);
p[0] = '.';
p[1] = '/';
memcpy (p + 2, base, length);
p[length + 2] = '\0';
return p;
}
/* Finally, copy the basename. */
return xstrndup (base, length);
}
/* Return the length of the basename NAME. Typically NAME is the
value returned by base_name or last_component. Act like strlen
(NAME), except omit all trailing slashes. */
size_t
base_len (char const *name)
{
size_t len;
size_t prefix_len = FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name);
for (len = strlen (name); 1 < len && ISSLASH (name[len - 1]); len--)
continue;
if (DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT && len == 1
&& ISSLASH (name[0]) && ISSLASH (name[1]) && ! name[2])
return 2;
if (FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE && prefix_len
&& len == prefix_len && ISSLASH (name[prefix_len]))
return prefix_len + 1;
return len;
}

85
contrib/cpio/lib/dirname.c
View File

@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
/* dirname.c -- return all but the last element in a file name
Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#include <config.h>
#include "dirname.h"
#include <string.h>
#include "xalloc.h"
/* Return the length of the prefix of FILE that will be used by
dir_name. If FILE is in the working directory, this returns zero
even though `dir_name (FILE)' will return ".". Works properly even
if there are trailing slashes (by effectively ignoring them). */
size_t
dir_len (char const *file)
{
size_t prefix_length = FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (file);
size_t length;
/* Advance prefix_length beyond important leading slashes. */
prefix_length += (prefix_length != 0
? (FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE
&& ISSLASH (file[prefix_length]))
: (ISSLASH (file[0])
? ((DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT
&& ISSLASH (file[1]) && ! ISSLASH (file[2])
? 2 : 1))
: 0));
/* Strip the basename and any redundant slashes before it. */
for (length = last_component (file) - file;
prefix_length < length; length--)
if (! ISSLASH (file[length - 1]))
break;
return length;
}
/* In general, we can't use the builtin `dirname' function if available,
since it has different meanings in different environments.
In some environments the builtin `dirname' modifies its argument.
Return the leading directories part of FILE, allocated with xmalloc.
Works properly even if there are trailing slashes (by effectively
ignoring them). Unlike POSIX dirname(), FILE cannot be NULL.
If lstat (FILE) would succeed, then { chdir (dir_name (FILE));
lstat (base_name (FILE)); } will access the same file. Likewise,
if the sequence { chdir (dir_name (FILE));
rename (base_name (FILE), "foo"); } succeeds, you have renamed FILE
to "foo" in the same directory FILE was in. */
char *
dir_name (char const *file)
{
size_t length = dir_len (file);
bool append_dot = (length == 0
|| (FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE
&& length == FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (file)
&& file[2] != '\0' && ! ISSLASH (file[2])));
char *dir = xmalloc (length + append_dot + 1);
memcpy (dir, file, length);
if (append_dot)
dir[length++] = '.';
dir[length] = '\0';
return dir;
}

70
contrib/cpio/lib/dirname.h
View File

@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
/* Take file names apart into directory and base names.
Copyright (C) 1998, 2001, 2003-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#ifndef DIRNAME_H_
# define DIRNAME_H_ 1
# include <stdbool.h>
# include <stddef.h>
# ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
# define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/'
# endif
# ifndef ISSLASH
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR)
# endif
# ifndef FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN
# if FILE_SYSTEM_ACCEPTS_DRIVE_LETTER_PREFIX
/* This internal macro assumes ASCII, but all hosts that support drive
letters use ASCII. */
# define _IS_DRIVE_LETTER(c) (((unsigned int) (c) | ('a' - 'A')) - 'a' \
<= 'z' - 'a')
# define FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) \
(_IS_DRIVE_LETTER ((Filename)[0]) && (Filename)[1] == ':' ? 2 : 0)
# else
# define FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) 0
# endif
# endif
# ifndef FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE
# define FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE 0
# endif
# ifndef DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT
# define DOUBLE_SLASH_IS_DISTINCT_ROOT 0
# endif
# if FILE_SYSTEM_DRIVE_PREFIX_CAN_BE_RELATIVE
# define IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME(F) ISSLASH ((F)[FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (F)])
# else
# define IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME(F) \
(ISSLASH ((F)[0]) || 0 < FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (F))
# endif
# define IS_RELATIVE_FILE_NAME(F) (! IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME (F))
char *base_name (char const *file);
char *dir_name (char const *file);
size_t base_len (char const *file);
size_t dir_len (char const *file);
char *last_component (char const *file);
bool strip_trailing_slashes (char *file);
#endif /* not DIRNAME_H_ */

338
contrib/cpio/lib/error.c
View File

@ -1,338 +0,0 @@
/* Error handler for noninteractive utilities
Copyright (C) 1990-1998, 2000-2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>. */
#if !_LIBC
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include "error.h"
#include <stdarg.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#if !_LIBC && ENABLE_NLS
# include "gettext.h"
#endif
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
# include <stdbool.h>
# include <stdint.h>
# include <wchar.h>
# define mbsrtowcs __mbsrtowcs
#endif
#if USE_UNLOCKED_IO
# include "unlocked-io.h"
#endif
#ifndef _
# define _(String) String
#endif
/* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program
name, a colon and a space. Otherwise, error will call this
function without parameters instead. */
void (*error_print_progname) (void);
/* This variable is incremented each time `error' is called. */
unsigned int error_message_count;
#ifdef _LIBC
/* In the GNU C library, there is a predefined variable for this. */
# define program_name program_invocation_name
# include <errno.h>
# include <limits.h>
# include <libio/libioP.h>
/* In GNU libc we want do not want to use the common name `error' directly.
Instead make it a weak alias. */
extern void __error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...)
__attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)));
extern void __error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
unsigned int line_number, const char *message,
...)
__attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 5, 6)));;
# define error __error
# define error_at_line __error_at_line
# include <libio/iolibio.h>
# define fflush(s) INTUSE(_IO_fflush) (s)
# undef putc
# define putc(c, fp) INTUSE(_IO_putc) (c, fp)
# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
#else /* not _LIBC */
# if !HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R && STRERROR_R_CHAR_P
# ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R
"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
# endif
char *strerror_r ();
# endif
/* The calling program should define program_name and set it to the
name of the executing program. */
extern char *program_name;
# if HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined strerror_r
# define __strerror_r strerror_r
# endif /* HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined strerror_r */
#endif /* not _LIBC */
static void
print_errno_message (int errnum)
{
char const *s;
#if defined HAVE_STRERROR_R || _LIBC
char errbuf[1024];
# if STRERROR_R_CHAR_P || _LIBC
s = __strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf);
# else
if (__strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf) == 0)
s = errbuf;
else
s = 0;
# endif
#else
s = strerror (errnum);
#endif
#if !_LIBC
if (! s)
s = _("Unknown system error");
#endif
#if _LIBC
__fxprintf (NULL, ": %s", s);
#else
fprintf (stderr, ": %s", s);
#endif
}
static void
error_tail (int status, int errnum, const char *message, va_list args)
{
#if _LIBC
if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
{
# define ALLOCA_LIMIT 2000
size_t len = strlen (message) + 1;
wchar_t *wmessage = NULL;
mbstate_t st;
size_t res;
const char *tmp;
bool use_malloc = false;
while (1)
{
if (__libc_use_alloca (len * sizeof (wchar_t)))
wmessage = (wchar_t *) alloca (len * sizeof (wchar_t));
else
{
if (!use_malloc)
wmessage = NULL;
wchar_t *p = (wchar_t *) realloc (wmessage,
len * sizeof (wchar_t));
if (p == NULL)
{
free (wmessage);
fputws_unlocked (L"out of memory\n", stderr);
return;
}
wmessage = p;
use_malloc = true;
}
memset (&st, '\0', sizeof (st));
tmp = message;
res = mbsrtowcs (wmessage, &tmp, len, &st);
if (res != len)
break;
if (__builtin_expect (len >= SIZE_MAX / 2, 0))
{
/* This really should not happen if everything is fine. */
res = (size_t) -1;
break;
}
len *= 2;
}
if (res == (size_t) -1)
{
/* The string cannot be converted. */
if (use_malloc)
{
free (wmessage);
use_malloc = false;
}
wmessage = (wchar_t *) L"???";
}
__vfwprintf (stderr, wmessage, args);
if (use_malloc)
free (wmessage);
}
else
#endif
vfprintf (stderr, message, args);
va_end (args);
++error_message_count;
if (errnum)
print_errno_message (errnum);
#if _LIBC
__fxprintf (NULL, "\n");
#else
putc ('\n', stderr);
#endif
fflush (stderr);
if (status)
exit (status);
}
/* Print the program name and error message MESSAGE, which is a printf-style
format string with optional args.
If ERRNUM is nonzero, print its corresponding system error message.
Exit with status STATUS if it is nonzero. */
void
error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...)
{
va_list args;
#if defined _LIBC && defined __libc_ptf_call
/* We do not want this call to be cut short by a thread
cancellation. Therefore disable cancellation for now. */
int state = PTHREAD_CANCEL_ENABLE;
__libc_ptf_call (pthread_setcancelstate, (PTHREAD_CANCEL_DISABLE, &state),
0);
#endif
fflush (stdout);
#ifdef _LIBC
_IO_flockfile (stderr);
#endif
if (error_print_progname)
(*error_print_progname) ();
else
{
#if _LIBC
__fxprintf (NULL, "%s: ", program_name);
#else
fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", program_name);
#endif
}
va_start (args, message);
error_tail (status, errnum, message, args);
#ifdef _LIBC
_IO_funlockfile (stderr);
# ifdef __libc_ptf_call
__libc_ptf_call (pthread_setcancelstate, (state, NULL), 0);
# endif
#endif
}
/* Sometimes we want to have at most one error per line. This
variable controls whether this mode is selected or not. */
int error_one_per_line;
void
error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
unsigned int line_number, const char *message, ...)
{
va_list args;
if (error_one_per_line)
{
static const char *old_file_name;
static unsigned int old_line_number;
if (old_line_number == line_number
&& (file_name == old_file_name
|| strcmp (old_file_name, file_name) == 0))
/* Simply return and print nothing. */
return;
old_file_name = file_name;
old_line_number = line_number;
}
#if defined _LIBC && defined __libc_ptf_call
/* We do not want this call to be cut short by a thread
cancellation. Therefore disable cancellation for now. */
int state = PTHREAD_CANCEL_ENABLE;
__libc_ptf_call (pthread_setcancelstate, (PTHREAD_CANCEL_DISABLE, &state),
0);
#endif
fflush (stdout);
#ifdef _LIBC
_IO_flockfile (stderr);
#endif
if (error_print_progname)
(*error_print_progname) ();
else
{
#if _LIBC
__fxprintf (NULL, "%s:", program_name);
#else
fprintf (stderr, "%s:", program_name);
#endif
}
#if _LIBC
__fxprintf (NULL, file_name != NULL ? "%s:%d: " : " ",
file_name, line_number);
#else
fprintf (stderr, file_name != NULL ? "%s:%d: " : " ",
file_name, line_number);
#endif
va_start (args, message);
error_tail (status, errnum, message, args);
#ifdef _LIBC
_IO_funlockfile (stderr);
# ifdef __libc_ptf_call
__libc_ptf_call (pthread_setcancelstate, (state, NULL), 0);
# endif
#endif
}
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Make the weak alias. */
# undef error
# undef error_at_line
weak_alias (__error, error)
weak_alias (__error_at_line, error_at_line)
#endif

66
contrib/cpio/lib/error.h
View File

@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
/* Declaration for error-reporting function
Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2003, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#ifndef _ERROR_H
#define _ERROR_H 1
#ifndef __attribute__
/* This feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later. */
# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5) || __STRICT_ANSI__
# define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */
# endif
/* The __-protected variants of `format' and `printf' attributes
are accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later. */
# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7)
# define __format__ format
# define __printf__ printf
# endif
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Print a message with `fprintf (stderr, FORMAT, ...)';
if ERRNUM is nonzero, follow it with ": " and strerror (ERRNUM).
If STATUS is nonzero, terminate the program with `exit (STATUS)'. */
extern void error (int __status, int __errnum, const char *__format, ...)
__attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)));
extern void error_at_line (int __status, int __errnum, const char *__fname,
unsigned int __lineno, const char *__format, ...)
__attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 5, 6)));
/* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program
name, a colon and a space. Otherwise, error will call this
function without parameters instead. */
extern void (*error_print_progname) (void);
/* This variable is incremented each time `error' is called. */
extern unsigned int error_message_count;
/* Sometimes we want to have at most one error per line. This
variable controls whether this mode is selected or not. */
extern int error_one_per_line;
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* error.h */

26
contrib/cpio/lib/exitfail.c
View File

@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
/* Failure exit status
Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; see the file COPYING.
If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#include <config.h>
#include "exitfail.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
int volatile exit_failure = EXIT_FAILURE;

20
contrib/cpio/lib/exitfail.h
View File

@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
/* Failure exit status
Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; see the file COPYING.
If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
extern int volatile exit_failure;

27
contrib/cpio/lib/fatal.c
View File

@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
/* This file is part of GNU cpio.
Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */
#include <system.h>
#include <paxlib.h>
void
fatal_exit ()
{
exit (PAXEXIT_FAILURE);
}

81
contrib/cpio/lib/full-write.c
View File

@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
/* An interface to read and write that retries (if necessary) until complete.
Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003,
2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#ifdef FULL_READ
# include "full-read.h"
#else
# include "full-write.h"
#endif
#include <errno.h>
#ifdef FULL_READ
# include "safe-read.h"
# define safe_rw safe_read
# define full_rw full_read
# undef const
# define const /* empty */
#else
# include "safe-write.h"
# define safe_rw safe_write
# define full_rw full_write
#endif
#ifdef FULL_READ
/* Set errno to zero upon EOF. */
# define ZERO_BYTE_TRANSFER_ERRNO 0
#else
/* Some buggy drivers return 0 when one tries to write beyond
a device's end. (Example: Linux 1.2.13 on /dev/fd0.)
Set errno to ENOSPC so they get a sensible diagnostic. */
# define ZERO_BYTE_TRANSFER_ERRNO ENOSPC
#endif
/* Write(read) COUNT bytes at BUF to(from) descriptor FD, retrying if
interrupted or if a partial write(read) occurs. Return the number
of bytes transferred.
When writing, set errno if fewer than COUNT bytes are written.
When reading, if fewer than COUNT bytes are read, you must examine
errno to distinguish failure from EOF (errno == 0). */
size_t
full_rw (int fd, const void *buf, size_t count)
{
size_t total = 0;
const char *ptr = (const char *) buf;
while (count > 0)
{
size_t n_rw = safe_rw (fd, ptr, count);
if (n_rw == (size_t) -1)
break;
if (n_rw == 0)
{
errno = ZERO_BYTE_TRANSFER_ERRNO;
break;
}
total += n_rw;
ptr += n_rw;
count -= n_rw;
}
return total;
}

35
contrib/cpio/lib/full-write.h
View File

@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
/* An interface to write() that writes all it is asked to write.
Copyright (C) 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#include <stddef.h>
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Write COUNT bytes at BUF to descriptor FD, retrying if interrupted
or if partial writes occur. Return the number of bytes successfully
written, setting errno if that is less than COUNT. */
extern size_t full_write (int fd, const void *buf, size_t count);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

1191
contrib/cpio/lib/getopt.c
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

171
contrib/cpio/lib/getopt1.c
View File

@ -1,171 +0,0 @@
/* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt.
Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97,98,2004,2006
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <getopt.h>
#else
# include <config.h>
# include "getopt.h"
#endif
#include "getopt_int.h"
#include <stdio.h>
/* This needs to come after some library #include
to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined. */
#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
#include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#ifndef NULL
#define NULL 0
#endif
int
getopt_long (int argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *argv, const char *options,
const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index)
{
return _getopt_internal (argc, (char **) argv, options, long_options,
opt_index, 0, 0);
}
int
_getopt_long_r (int argc, char **argv, const char *options,
const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index,
struct _getopt_data *d)
{
return _getopt_internal_r (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index,
0, 0, d);
}
/* Like getopt_long, but '-' as well as '--' can indicate a long option.
If an option that starts with '-' (not '--') doesn't match a long option,
but does match a short option, it is parsed as a short option
instead. */
int
getopt_long_only (int argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *argv,
const char *options,
const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index)
{
return _getopt_internal (argc, (char **) argv, options, long_options,
opt_index, 1, 0);
}
int
_getopt_long_only_r (int argc, char **argv, const char *options,
const struct option *long_options, int *opt_index,
struct _getopt_data *d)
{
return _getopt_internal_r (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index,
1, 0, d);
}
#ifdef TEST
#include <stdio.h>
int
main (int argc, char **argv)
{
int c;
int digit_optind = 0;
while (1)
{
int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
int option_index = 0;
static struct option long_options[] =
{
{"add", 1, 0, 0},
{"append", 0, 0, 0},
{"delete", 1, 0, 0},
{"verbose", 0, 0, 0},
{"create", 0, 0, 0},
{"file", 1, 0, 0},
{0, 0, 0, 0}
};
c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789",
long_options, &option_index);
if (c == -1)
break;
switch (c)
{
case 0:
printf ("option %s", long_options[option_index].name);
if (optarg)
printf (" with arg %s", optarg);
printf ("\n");
break;
case '0':
case '1':
case '2':
case '3':
case '4':
case '5':
case '6':
case '7':
case '8':
case '9':
if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
digit_optind = this_option_optind;
printf ("option %c\n", c);
break;
case 'a':
printf ("option a\n");
break;
case 'b':
printf ("option b\n");
break;
case 'c':
printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg);
break;
case 'd':
printf ("option d with value `%s'\n", optarg);
break;
case '?':
break;
default:
printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
}
}
if (optind < argc)
{
printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
while (optind < argc)
printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
printf ("\n");
}
exit (0);
}
#endif /* TEST */

226
contrib/cpio/lib/getopt_.h
View File

@ -1,226 +0,0 @@
/* Declarations for getopt.
Copyright (C) 1989-1994,1996-1999,2001,2003,2004,2005,2006,2007
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#ifndef _GETOPT_H
#ifndef __need_getopt
# define _GETOPT_H 1
#endif
/* Standalone applications should #define __GETOPT_PREFIX to an
identifier that prefixes the external functions and variables
defined in this header. When this happens, include the
headers that might declare getopt so that they will not cause
confusion if included after this file. Then systematically rename
identifiers so that they do not collide with the system functions
and variables. Renaming avoids problems with some compilers and
linkers. */
#if defined __GETOPT_PREFIX && !defined __need_getopt
# include <stdlib.h>
# include <stdio.h>
# include <unistd.h>
# undef __need_getopt
# undef getopt
# undef getopt_long
# undef getopt_long_only
# undef optarg
# undef opterr
# undef optind
# undef optopt
# define __GETOPT_CONCAT(x, y) x ## y
# define __GETOPT_XCONCAT(x, y) __GETOPT_CONCAT (x, y)
# define __GETOPT_ID(y) __GETOPT_XCONCAT (__GETOPT_PREFIX, y)
# define getopt __GETOPT_ID (getopt)
# define getopt_long __GETOPT_ID (getopt_long)
# define getopt_long_only __GETOPT_ID (getopt_long_only)
# define optarg __GETOPT_ID (optarg)
# define opterr __GETOPT_ID (opterr)
# define optind __GETOPT_ID (optind)
# define optopt __GETOPT_ID (optopt)
#endif
/* Standalone applications get correct prototypes for getopt_long and
getopt_long_only; they declare "char **argv". libc uses prototypes
with "char *const *argv" that are incorrect because getopt_long and
getopt_long_only can permute argv; this is required for backward
compatibility (e.g., for LSB 2.0.1).
This used to be `#if defined __GETOPT_PREFIX && !defined __need_getopt',
but it caused redefinition warnings if both unistd.h and getopt.h were
included, since unistd.h includes getopt.h having previously defined
__need_getopt.
The only place where __getopt_argv_const is used is in definitions
of getopt_long and getopt_long_only below, but these are visible
only if __need_getopt is not defined, so it is quite safe to rewrite
the conditional as follows:
*/
#if !defined __need_getopt
# if defined __GETOPT_PREFIX
# define __getopt_argv_const /* empty */
# else
# define __getopt_argv_const const
# endif
#endif
/* If __GNU_LIBRARY__ is not already defined, either we are being used
standalone, or this is the first header included in the source file.
If we are being used with glibc, we need to include <features.h>, but
that does not exist if we are standalone. So: if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
not defined, include <ctype.h>, which will pull in <features.h> for us
if it's from glibc. (Why ctype.h? It's guaranteed to exist and it
doesn't flood the namespace with stuff the way some other headers do.) */
#if !defined __GNU_LIBRARY__
# include <ctype.h>
#endif
#ifndef __THROW
# ifndef __GNUC_PREREQ
# define __GNUC_PREREQ(maj, min) (0)
# endif
# if defined __cplusplus && __GNUC_PREREQ (2,8)
# define __THROW throw ()
# else
# define __THROW
# endif
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller.
When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
the argument value is returned here.
Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
each non-option ARGV-element is returned here. */
extern char *optarg;
/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
This is used for communication to and from the caller
and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'.
On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
When `getopt' returns -1, this is the index of the first of the
non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next
how much of ARGV has been scanned so far. */
extern int optind;
/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message `getopt' prints
for unrecognized options. */
extern int opterr;
/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized. */
extern int optopt;
#ifndef __need_getopt
/* Describe the long-named options requested by the application.
The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector
of `struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is
zero.
The field `has_arg' is:
no_argument (or 0) if the option does not take an argument,
required_argument (or 1) if the option requires an argument,
optional_argument (or 2) if the option takes an optional argument.
If the field `flag' is not NULL, it points to a variable that is set
to the value given in the field `val' when the option is found, but
left unchanged if the option is not found.
To have a long-named option do something other than set an `int' to
a compiled-in constant, such as set a value from `optarg', set the
option's `flag' field to zero and its `val' field to a nonzero
value (the equivalent single-letter option character, if there is
one). For long options that have a zero `flag' field, `getopt'
returns the contents of the `val' field. */
struct option
{
const char *name;
/* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about
type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int. */
int has_arg;
int *flag;
int val;
};
/* Names for the values of the `has_arg' field of `struct option'. */
# define no_argument 0
# define required_argument 1
# define optional_argument 2
#endif /* need getopt */
/* Get definitions and prototypes for functions to process the
arguments in ARGV (ARGC of them, minus the program name) for
options given in OPTS.
Return the option character from OPTS just read. Return -1 when
there are no more options. For unrecognized options, or options
missing arguments, `optopt' is set to the option letter, and '?' is
returned.
The OPTS string is a list of characters which are recognized option
letters, optionally followed by colons, specifying that that letter
takes an argument, to be placed in `optarg'.
If a letter in OPTS is followed by two colons, its argument is
optional. This behavior is specific to the GNU `getopt'.
The argument `--' causes premature termination of argument
scanning, explicitly telling `getopt' that there are no more
options.
If OPTS begins with `-', then non-option arguments are treated as
arguments to the option '\1'. This behavior is specific to the GNU
`getopt'. If OPTS begins with `+', or POSIXLY_CORRECT is set in
the environment, then do not permute arguments. */
extern int getopt (int ___argc, char *const *___argv, const char *__shortopts)
__THROW;
#ifndef __need_getopt
extern int getopt_long (int ___argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *___argv,
const char *__shortopts,
const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind)
__THROW;
extern int getopt_long_only (int ___argc, char *__getopt_argv_const *___argv,
const char *__shortopts,
const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind)
__THROW;
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
/* Make sure we later can get all the definitions and declarations. */
#undef __need_getopt
#endif /* getopt.h */

131
contrib/cpio/lib/getopt_int.h
View File

@ -1,131 +0,0 @@
/* Internal declarations for getopt.
Copyright (C) 1989-1994,1996-1999,2001,2003,2004
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#ifndef _GETOPT_INT_H
#define _GETOPT_INT_H 1
extern int _getopt_internal (int ___argc, char **___argv,
const char *__shortopts,
const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
int __long_only, int __posixly_correct);
/* Reentrant versions which can handle parsing multiple argument
vectors at the same time. */
/* Data type for reentrant functions. */
struct _getopt_data
{
/* These have exactly the same meaning as the corresponding global
variables, except that they are used for the reentrant
versions of getopt. */
int optind;
int opterr;
int optopt;
char *optarg;
/* Internal members. */
/* True if the internal members have been initialized. */
int __initialized;
/* The next char to be scanned in the option-element
in which the last option character we returned was found.
This allows us to pick up the scan where we left off.
If this is zero, or a null string, it means resume the scan
by advancing to the next ARGV-element. */
char *__nextchar;
/* Describe how to deal with options that follow non-option ARGV-elements.
If the caller did not specify anything,
the default is REQUIRE_ORDER if the environment variable
POSIXLY_CORRECT is defined, PERMUTE otherwise.
REQUIRE_ORDER means don't recognize them as options;
stop option processing when the first non-option is seen.
This is what Unix does.
This mode of operation is selected by either setting the environment
variable POSIXLY_CORRECT, or using `+' as the first character
of the list of option characters, or by calling getopt.
PERMUTE is the default. We permute the contents of ARGV as we
scan, so that eventually all the non-options are at the end.
This allows options to be given in any order, even with programs
that were not written to expect this.
RETURN_IN_ORDER is an option available to programs that were
written to expect options and other ARGV-elements in any order
and that care about the ordering of the two. We describe each
non-option ARGV-element as if it were the argument of an option
with character code 1. Using `-' as the first character of the
list of option characters selects this mode of operation.
The special argument `--' forces an end of option-scanning regardless
of the value of `ordering'. In the case of RETURN_IN_ORDER, only
`--' can cause `getopt' to return -1 with `optind' != ARGC. */
enum
{
REQUIRE_ORDER, PERMUTE, RETURN_IN_ORDER
} __ordering;
/* If the POSIXLY_CORRECT environment variable is set
or getopt was called. */
int __posixly_correct;
/* Handle permutation of arguments. */
/* Describe the part of ARGV that contains non-options that have
been skipped. `first_nonopt' is the index in ARGV of the first
of them; `last_nonopt' is the index after the last of them. */
int __first_nonopt;
int __last_nonopt;
#if defined _LIBC && defined USE_NONOPTION_FLAGS
int __nonoption_flags_max_len;
int __nonoption_flags_len;
# endif
};
/* The initializer is necessary to set OPTIND and OPTERR to their
default values and to clear the initialization flag. */
#define _GETOPT_DATA_INITIALIZER { 1, 1 }
extern int _getopt_internal_r (int ___argc, char **___argv,
const char *__shortopts,
const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
int __long_only, int __posixly_correct,
struct _getopt_data *__data);
extern int _getopt_long_r (int ___argc, char **___argv,
const char *__shortopts,
const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
struct _getopt_data *__data);
extern int _getopt_long_only_r (int ___argc, char **___argv,
const char *__shortopts,
const struct option *__longopts,
int *__longind,
struct _getopt_data *__data);
#endif /* getopt_int.h */

270
contrib/cpio/lib/gettext.h
View File

@ -1,270 +0,0 @@
/* Convenience header for conditional use of GNU <libintl.h>.
Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2002, 2004-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#ifndef _LIBGETTEXT_H
#define _LIBGETTEXT_H 1
/* NLS can be disabled through the configure --disable-nls option. */
#if ENABLE_NLS
/* Get declarations of GNU message catalog functions. */
# include <libintl.h>
/* You can set the DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN macro to specify the domain used by
the gettext() and ngettext() macros. This is an alternative to calling
textdomain(), and is useful for libraries. */
# ifdef DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN
# undef gettext
# define gettext(Msgid) \
dgettext (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgid)
# undef ngettext
# define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
dngettext (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgid1, Msgid2, N)
# endif
#else
/* Solaris /usr/include/locale.h includes /usr/include/libintl.h, which
chokes if dcgettext is defined as a macro. So include it now, to make
later inclusions of <locale.h> a NOP. We don't include <libintl.h>
as well because people using "gettext.h" will not include <libintl.h>,
and also including <libintl.h> would fail on SunOS 4, whereas <locale.h>
is OK. */
#if defined(__sun)
# include <locale.h>
#endif
/* Many header files from the libstdc++ coming with g++ 3.3 or newer include
<libintl.h>, which chokes if dcgettext is defined as a macro. So include
it now, to make later inclusions of <libintl.h> a NOP. */
#if defined(__cplusplus) && defined(__GNUG__) && (__GNUC__ >= 3)
# include <cstdlib>
# if (__GLIBC__ >= 2) || _GLIBCXX_HAVE_LIBINTL_H
# include <libintl.h>
# endif
#endif
/* Disabled NLS.
The casts to 'const char *' serve the purpose of producing warnings
for invalid uses of the value returned from these functions.
On pre-ANSI systems without 'const', the config.h file is supposed to
contain "#define const". */
# define gettext(Msgid) ((const char *) (Msgid))
# define dgettext(Domainname, Msgid) ((void) (Domainname), gettext (Msgid))
# define dcgettext(Domainname, Msgid, Category) \
((void) (Category), dgettext (Domainname, Msgid))
# define ngettext(Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
((N) == 1 \
? ((void) (Msgid2), (const char *) (Msgid1)) \
: ((void) (Msgid1), (const char *) (Msgid2)))
# define dngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N) \
((void) (Domainname), ngettext (Msgid1, Msgid2, N))
# define dcngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N, Category) \
((void) (Category), dngettext(Domainname, Msgid1, Msgid2, N))
# define textdomain(Domainname) ((const char *) (Domainname))
# define bindtextdomain(Domainname, Dirname) \
((void) (Domainname), (const char *) (Dirname))
# define bind_textdomain_codeset(Domainname, Codeset) \
((void) (Domainname), (const char *) (Codeset))
#endif
/* A pseudo function call that serves as a marker for the automated
extraction of messages, but does not call gettext(). The run-time
translation is done at a different place in the code.
The argument, String, should be a literal string. Concatenated strings
and other string expressions won't work.
The macro's expansion is not parenthesized, so that it is suitable as
initializer for static 'char[]' or 'const char[]' variables. */
#define gettext_noop(String) String
/* The separator between msgctxt and msgid in a .mo file. */
#define GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE "\004"
/* Pseudo function calls, taking a MSGCTXT and a MSGID instead of just a
MSGID. MSGCTXT and MSGID must be string literals. MSGCTXT should be
short and rarely need to change.
The letter 'p' stands for 'particular' or 'special'. */
#ifdef DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN
# define pgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid) \
pgettext_aux (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
#else
# define pgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid) \
pgettext_aux (NULL, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
#endif
#define dpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid) \
pgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
#define dcpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, Category) \
pgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, Category)
#ifdef DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN
# define npgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
npgettext_aux (DEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
#else
# define npgettext(Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
npgettext_aux (NULL, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
#endif
#define dnpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
npgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
#define dcnpgettext(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, Category) \
npgettext_aux (Domainname, Msgctxt GETTEXT_CONTEXT_GLUE Msgid, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, Category)
#ifdef __GNUC__
__inline
#else
#ifdef __cplusplus
inline
#endif
#endif
static const char *
pgettext_aux (const char *domain,
const char *msg_ctxt_id, const char *msgid,
int category)
{
const char *translation = dcgettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, category);
if (translation == msg_ctxt_id)
return msgid;
else
return translation;
}
#ifdef __GNUC__
__inline
#else
#ifdef __cplusplus
inline
#endif
#endif
static const char *
npgettext_aux (const char *domain,
const char *msg_ctxt_id, const char *msgid,
const char *msgid_plural, unsigned long int n,
int category)
{
const char *translation =
dcngettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, msgid_plural, n, category);
if (translation == msg_ctxt_id || translation == msgid_plural)
return (n == 1 ? msgid : msgid_plural);
else
return translation;
}
/* The same thing extended for non-constant arguments. Here MSGCTXT and MSGID
can be arbitrary expressions. But for string literals these macros are
less efficient than those above. */
#include <string.h>
#define _LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS \
(((__GNUC__ >= 3 || __GNUG__ >= 2) && !__STRICT_ANSI__) \
/* || __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L */ )
#if !_LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
#include <stdlib.h>
#endif
#define pgettext_expr(Msgctxt, Msgid) \
dcpgettext_expr (NULL, Msgctxt, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
#define dpgettext_expr(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid) \
dcpgettext_expr (Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
#ifdef __GNUC__
__inline
#else
#ifdef __cplusplus
inline
#endif
#endif
static const char *
dcpgettext_expr (const char *domain,
const char *msgctxt, const char *msgid,
int category)
{
size_t msgctxt_len = strlen (msgctxt) + 1;
size_t msgid_len = strlen (msgid) + 1;
const char *translation;
#if _LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
char msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len + msgid_len];
#else
char buf[1024];
char *msg_ctxt_id =
(msgctxt_len + msgid_len <= sizeof (buf)
? buf
: (char *) malloc (msgctxt_len + msgid_len));
if (msg_ctxt_id != NULL)
#endif
{
memcpy (msg_ctxt_id, msgctxt, msgctxt_len - 1);
msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len - 1] = '\004';
memcpy (msg_ctxt_id + msgctxt_len, msgid, msgid_len);
translation = dcgettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, category);
#if !_LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
if (msg_ctxt_id != buf)
free (msg_ctxt_id);
#endif
if (translation != msg_ctxt_id)
return translation;
}
return msgid;
}
#define npgettext_expr(Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
dcnpgettext_expr (NULL, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
#define dnpgettext_expr(Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N) \
dcnpgettext_expr (Domainname, Msgctxt, Msgid, MsgidPlural, N, LC_MESSAGES)
#ifdef __GNUC__
__inline
#else
#ifdef __cplusplus
inline
#endif
#endif
static const char *
dcnpgettext_expr (const char *domain,
const char *msgctxt, const char *msgid,
const char *msgid_plural, unsigned long int n,
int category)
{
size_t msgctxt_len = strlen (msgctxt) + 1;
size_t msgid_len = strlen (msgid) + 1;
const char *translation;
#if _LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
char msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len + msgid_len];
#else
char buf[1024];
char *msg_ctxt_id =
(msgctxt_len + msgid_len <= sizeof (buf)
? buf
: (char *) malloc (msgctxt_len + msgid_len));
if (msg_ctxt_id != NULL)
#endif
{
memcpy (msg_ctxt_id, msgctxt, msgctxt_len - 1);
msg_ctxt_id[msgctxt_len - 1] = '\004';
memcpy (msg_ctxt_id + msgctxt_len, msgid, msgid_len);
translation = dcngettext (domain, msg_ctxt_id, msgid_plural, n, category);
#if !_LIBGETTEXT_HAVE_VARIABLE_SIZE_ARRAYS
if (msg_ctxt_id != buf)
free (msg_ctxt_id);
#endif
if (!(translation == msg_ctxt_id || translation == msgid_plural))
return translation;
}
return (n == 1 ? msgid : msgid_plural);
}
#endif /* _LIBGETTEXT_H */

1048
contrib/cpio/lib/hash.c
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

88
contrib/cpio/lib/hash.h
View File

@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
/* hash - hashing table processing.
Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2001, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Jim Meyering <meyering@ascend.com>, 1998.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
/* A generic hash table package. */
/* Make sure USE_OBSTACK is defined to 1 if you want the allocator to use
obstacks instead of malloc, and recompile `hash.c' with same setting. */
#ifndef HASH_H_
# define HASH_H_
# include <stdio.h>
# include <stdbool.h>
typedef size_t (*Hash_hasher) (const void *, size_t);
typedef bool (*Hash_comparator) (const void *, const void *);
typedef void (*Hash_data_freer) (void *);
typedef bool (*Hash_processor) (void *, void *);
struct hash_entry
{
void *data;
struct hash_entry *next;
};
struct hash_tuning
{
/* This structure is mainly used for `hash_initialize', see the block
documentation of `hash_reset_tuning' for more complete comments. */
float shrink_threshold; /* ratio of used buckets to trigger a shrink */
float shrink_factor; /* ratio of new smaller size to original size */
float growth_threshold; /* ratio of used buckets to trigger a growth */
float growth_factor; /* ratio of new bigger size to original size */
bool is_n_buckets; /* if CANDIDATE really means table size */
};
typedef struct hash_tuning Hash_tuning;
struct hash_table;
typedef struct hash_table Hash_table;
/* Information and lookup. */
size_t hash_get_n_buckets (const Hash_table *);
size_t hash_get_n_buckets_used (const Hash_table *);
size_t hash_get_n_entries (const Hash_table *);
size_t hash_get_max_bucket_length (const Hash_table *);
bool hash_table_ok (const Hash_table *);
void hash_print_statistics (const Hash_table *, FILE *);
void *hash_lookup (const Hash_table *, const void *);
/* Walking. */
void *hash_get_first (const Hash_table *);
void *hash_get_next (const Hash_table *, const void *);
size_t hash_get_entries (const Hash_table *, void **, size_t);
size_t hash_do_for_each (const Hash_table *, Hash_processor, void *);
/* Allocation and clean-up. */
size_t hash_string (const char *, size_t);
void hash_reset_tuning (Hash_tuning *);
Hash_table *hash_initialize (size_t, const Hash_tuning *,
Hash_hasher, Hash_comparator,
Hash_data_freer);
void hash_clear (Hash_table *);
void hash_free (Hash_table *);
/* Insertion and deletion. */
bool hash_rehash (Hash_table *, size_t);
void *hash_insert (Hash_table *, const void *);
void *hash_delete (Hash_table *, const void *);
#endif

78
contrib/cpio/lib/intprops.h
View File

@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
/* intprops.h -- properties of integer types
Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
/* Written by Paul Eggert. */
#include <limits.h>
/* The extra casts in the following macros work around compiler bugs,
e.g., in Cray C 5.0.3.0. */
/* True if the arithmetic type T is an integer type. bool counts as
an integer. */
#define TYPE_IS_INTEGER(t) ((t) 1.5 == 1)
/* True if negative values of the signed integer type T use two's
complement, ones' complement, or signed magnitude representation,
respectively. Much GNU code assumes two's complement, but some
people like to be portable to all possible C hosts. */
#define TYPE_TWOS_COMPLEMENT(t) ((t) ~ (t) 0 == (t) -1)
#define TYPE_ONES_COMPLEMENT(t) ((t) ~ (t) 0 == 0)
#define TYPE_SIGNED_MAGNITUDE(t) ((t) ~ (t) 0 < (t) -1)
/* True if the arithmetic type T is signed. */
#define TYPE_SIGNED(t) (! ((t) 0 < (t) -1))
/* The maximum and minimum values for the integer type T. These
macros have undefined behavior if T is signed and has padding bits.
If this is a problem for you, please let us know how to fix it for
your host. */
#define TYPE_MINIMUM(t) \
((t) (! TYPE_SIGNED (t) \
? (t) 0 \
: TYPE_SIGNED_MAGNITUDE (t) \
? ~ (t) 0 \
: ~ (t) 0 << (sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT - 1)))
#define TYPE_MAXIMUM(t) \
((t) (! TYPE_SIGNED (t) \
? (t) -1 \
: ~ (~ (t) 0 << (sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT - 1))))
/* Return zero if T can be determined to be an unsigned type.
Otherwise, return 1.
When compiling with GCC, INT_STRLEN_BOUND uses this macro to obtain a
tighter bound. Otherwise, it overestimates the true bound by one byte
when applied to unsigned types of size 2, 4, 16, ... bytes.
The symbol signed_type_or_expr__ is private to this header file. */
#if __GNUC__ >= 2
# define signed_type_or_expr__(t) TYPE_SIGNED (__typeof__ (t))
#else
# define signed_type_or_expr__(t) 1
#endif
/* Bound on length of the string representing an integer type or expression T.
Subtract 1 for the sign bit if T is signed; log10 (2.0) < 146/485;
add 1 for integer division truncation; add 1 more for a minus sign
if needed. */
#define INT_STRLEN_BOUND(t) \
((sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT - signed_type_or_expr__ (t)) * 146 / 485 \
+ signed_type_or_expr__ (t) + 1)
/* Bound on buffer size needed to represent an integer type or expression T,
including the terminating null. */
#define INT_BUFSIZE_BOUND(t) (INT_STRLEN_BOUND (t) + 1)

51
contrib/cpio/lib/inttostr.c
View File

@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
/* inttostr.c -- convert integers to printable strings
Copyright (C) 2001, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
/* Written by Paul Eggert */
#include <config.h>
#include "inttostr.h"
/* Convert I to a printable string in BUF, which must be at least
INT_BUFSIZE_BOUND (INTTYPE) bytes long. Return the address of the
printable string, which need not start at BUF. */
char *
inttostr (inttype i, char *buf)
{
char *p = buf + INT_STRLEN_BOUND (inttype);
*p = 0;
if (i < 0)
{
do
*--p = '0' - i % 10;
while ((i /= 10) != 0);
*--p = '-';
}
else
{
do
*--p = '0' + i % 10;
while ((i /= 10) != 0);
}
return p;
}

30
contrib/cpio/lib/inttostr.h
View File

@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
/* inttostr.h -- convert integers to printable strings
Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
/* Written by Paul Eggert */
#include <stdint.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include "intprops.h"
char *offtostr (off_t, char *);
char *imaxtostr (intmax_t, char *);
char *umaxtostr (uintmax_t, char *);
char *uinttostr (unsigned int, char *);

29
contrib/cpio/lib/mempcpy.c
View File

@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
/* Copy memory area and return pointer after last written byte.
Copyright (C) 2003, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include <string.h>
/* Copy N bytes of SRC to DEST, return pointer to bytes after the
last written byte. */
void *
mempcpy (void *dest, const void *src, size_t n)
{
return (char *) memcpy (dest, src, n) + n;
}

365
contrib/cpio/lib/paxerror.c
View File

@ -1,365 +0,0 @@
/* Miscellaneous error functions
Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General
Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#include <system.h>
#include <paxlib.h>
#include <quote.h>
#include <quotearg.h>
/* Decode MODE from its binary form in a stat structure, and encode it
into a 9-byte string STRING, terminated with a NUL. */
void
pax_decode_mode (mode_t mode, char *string)
{
*string++ = mode & S_IRUSR ? 'r' : '-';
*string++ = mode & S_IWUSR ? 'w' : '-';
*string++ = (mode & S_ISUID
? (mode & S_IXUSR ? 's' : 'S')
: (mode & S_IXUSR ? 'x' : '-'));
*string++ = mode & S_IRGRP ? 'r' : '-';
*string++ = mode & S_IWGRP ? 'w' : '-';
*string++ = (mode & S_ISGID
? (mode & S_IXGRP ? 's' : 'S')
: (mode & S_IXGRP ? 'x' : '-'));
*string++ = mode & S_IROTH ? 'r' : '-';
*string++ = mode & S_IWOTH ? 'w' : '-';
*string++ = (mode & S_ISVTX
? (mode & S_IXOTH ? 't' : 'T')
: (mode & S_IXOTH ? 'x' : '-'));
*string = '\0';
}
/* Report an error associated with the system call CALL and the
optional name NAME. */
void
call_arg_error (char const *call, char const *name)
{
int e = errno;
/* TRANSLATORS: %s after `Cannot' is a function name, e.g. `Cannot open'.
Directly translating this to another language will not work, first because
%s itself is not translated.
Translate it as `%s: Function %s failed'. */
ERROR ((0, e, _("%s: Cannot %s"), quotearg_colon (name), call));
}
/* Report a fatal error associated with the system call CALL and
the optional file name NAME. */
void
call_arg_fatal (char const *call, char const *name)
{
int e = errno;
/* TRANSLATORS: %s after `Cannot' is a function name, e.g. `Cannot open'.
Directly translating this to another language will not work, first because
%s itself is not translated.
Translate it as `%s: Function %s failed'. */
FATAL_ERROR ((0, e, _("%s: Cannot %s"), quotearg_colon (name), call));
}
/* Report a warning associated with the system call CALL and
the optional file name NAME. */
void
call_arg_warn (char const *call, char const *name)
{
int e = errno;
/* TRANSLATORS: %s after `Cannot' is a function name, e.g. `Cannot open'.
Directly translating this to another language will not work, first because
%s itself is not translated.
Translate it as `%s: Function %s failed'. */
WARN ((0, e, _("%s: Warning: Cannot %s"), quotearg_colon (name), call));
}
void
chmod_error_details (char const *name, mode_t mode)
{
int e = errno;
char buf[10];
pax_decode_mode (mode, buf);
ERROR ((0, e, _("%s: Cannot change mode to %s"),
quotearg_colon (name), buf));
}
void
chown_error_details (char const *name, uid_t uid, gid_t gid)
{
int e = errno;
ERROR ((0, e, _("%s: Cannot change ownership to uid %lu, gid %lu"),
quotearg_colon (name), (unsigned long) uid, (unsigned long) gid));
}
void
close_error (char const *name)
{
call_arg_error ("close", name);
}
void
close_warn (char const *name)
{
call_arg_warn ("close", name);
}
void
exec_fatal (char const *name)
{
call_arg_fatal ("exec", name);
}
void
link_error (char const *target, char const *source)
{
int e = errno;
ERROR ((0, e, _("%s: Cannot hard link to %s"),
quotearg_colon (source), quote_n (1, target)));
}
void
mkdir_error (char const *name)
{
call_arg_error ("mkdir", name);
}
void
mkfifo_error (char const *name)
{
call_arg_error ("mkfifo", name);
}
void
mknod_error (char const *name)
{
call_arg_error ("mknod", name);
}
void
open_error (char const *name)
{
call_arg_error ("open", name);
}
void
open_fatal (char const *name)
{
call_arg_fatal ("open", name);
}
void
open_warn (char const *name)
{
call_arg_warn ("open", name);
}
void
read_error (char const *name)
{
call_arg_error ("read", name);
}
void
read_error_details (char const *name, off_t offset, size_t size)
{
char buf[UINTMAX_STRSIZE_BOUND];
int e = errno;
ERROR ((0, e,
ngettext ("%s: Read error at byte %s, while reading %lu byte",
"%s: Read error at byte %s, while reading %lu bytes",
size),
quotearg_colon (name), STRINGIFY_BIGINT (offset, buf),
(unsigned long) size));
}
void
read_warn_details (char const *name, off_t offset, size_t size)
{
char buf[UINTMAX_STRSIZE_BOUND];
int e = errno;
WARN ((0, e,
ngettext ("%s: Warning: Read error at byte %s, while reading %lu byte",
"%s: Warning: Read error at byte %s, while reading %lu bytes",
size),
quotearg_colon (name), STRINGIFY_BIGINT (offset, buf),
(unsigned long) size));
}
void
read_fatal (char const *name)
{
call_arg_fatal ("read", name);
}
void
read_fatal_details (char const *name, off_t offset, size_t size)
{
char buf[UINTMAX_STRSIZE_BOUND];
int e = errno;
FATAL_ERROR ((0, e,
ngettext ("%s: Read error at byte %s, while reading %lu byte",
"%s: Read error at byte %s, while reading %lu bytes",
size),
quotearg_colon (name), STRINGIFY_BIGINT (offset, buf),
(unsigned long) size));
}
void
readlink_error (char const *name)
{
call_arg_error ("readlink", name);
}
void
readlink_warn (char const *name)
{
call_arg_warn ("readlink", name);
}
void
rmdir_error (char const *name)
{
call_arg_error ("rmdir", name);
}
void
savedir_error (char const *name)
{
call_arg_error ("savedir", name);
}
void
savedir_warn (char const *name)
{
call_arg_warn ("savedir", name);
}
void
seek_error (char const *name)
{
call_arg_error ("seek", name);
}
void
seek_error_details (char const *name, off_t offset)
{
char buf[UINTMAX_STRSIZE_BOUND];
int e = errno;
ERROR ((0, e, _("%s: Cannot seek to %s"),
quotearg_colon (name),
STRINGIFY_BIGINT (offset, buf)));
}
void
seek_warn (char const *name)
{
call_arg_warn ("seek", name);
}
void
seek_warn_details (char const *name, off_t offset)
{
char buf[UINTMAX_STRSIZE_BOUND];
int e = errno;
WARN ((0, e, _("%s: Warning: Cannot seek to %s"),
quotearg_colon (name),
STRINGIFY_BIGINT (offset, buf)));
}
void
symlink_error (char const *contents, char const *name)
{
int e = errno;
ERROR ((0, e, _("%s: Cannot create symlink to %s"),
quotearg_colon (name), quote_n (1, contents)));
}
void
stat_fatal (char const *name)
{
call_arg_fatal ("stat", name);
}
void
stat_error (char const *name)
{
call_arg_error ("stat", name);
}
void
stat_warn (char const *name)
{
call_arg_warn ("stat", name);
}
void
truncate_error (char const *name)
{
call_arg_error ("truncate", name);
}
void
truncate_warn (char const *name)
{
call_arg_warn ("truncate", name);
}
void
unlink_error (char const *name)
{
call_arg_error ("unlink", name);
}
void
utime_error (char const *name)
{
call_arg_error ("utime", name);
}
void
waitpid_error (char const *name)
{
call_arg_error ("waitpid", name);
}
void
write_error (char const *name)
{
call_arg_error ("write", name);
}
void
write_error_details (char const *name, size_t status, size_t size)
{
if (status == 0)
write_error (name);
else
ERROR ((0, 0,
ngettext ("%s: Wrote only %lu of %lu byte",
"%s: Wrote only %lu of %lu bytes",
size),
name, (unsigned long int) status, (unsigned long int) size));
}
void
write_fatal (char const *name)
{
call_arg_fatal ("write", name);
}
void
chdir_fatal (char const *name)
{
call_arg_fatal ("chdir", name);
}

28
contrib/cpio/lib/paxexit.c
View File

@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
/* Miscellaneous error functions
Copyright (C) 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General
Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#include <system.h>
#include <paxlib.h>
int exit_status = PAXEXIT_SUCCESS;
void
pax_exit ()
{
exit (exit_status);
}

115
contrib/cpio/lib/paxlib.h
View File

@ -1,115 +0,0 @@
/* This file is part of GNU paxutils
Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003,
2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
*/
#ifndef _paxlib_h_
#define _paxlib_h_
#include <hash.h>
#include <inttostr.h>
/* Error reporting functions and definitions */
/* Exit status for paxutils app. Let's try to keep this list as simple as
possible. tar -d option strongly invites a status different for unequal
comparison and other errors. */
#define PAXEXIT_SUCCESS 0
#define PAXEXIT_DIFFERS 1
#define PAXEXIT_FAILURE 2
/* Both WARN and ERROR write a message on stderr and continue processing,
however ERROR manages so tar will exit unsuccessfully. FATAL_ERROR
writes a message on stderr and aborts immediately, with another message
line telling so. USAGE_ERROR works like FATAL_ERROR except that the
other message line suggests trying --help. All four macros accept a
single argument of the form ((0, errno, _("FORMAT"), Args...)). errno
is zero when the error is not being detected by the system. */
#define WARN(Args) \
error Args
#define ERROR(Args) \
(error Args, exit_status = PAXEXIT_FAILURE)
#define FATAL_ERROR(Args) \
(error Args, fatal_exit ())
#define USAGE_ERROR(Args) \
(error Args, usage (PAXEXIT_FAILURE))
extern int exit_status;
void pax_decode_mode (mode_t mode, char *string);
void call_arg_error (char const *call, char const *name);
void call_arg_fatal (char const *call, char const *name) __attribute__ ((noreturn));
void call_arg_warn (char const *call, char const *name);
void chmod_error_details (char const *name, mode_t mode);
void chown_error_details (char const *name, uid_t uid, gid_t gid);
void decode_mode (mode_t, char *);
void chdir_fatal (char const *) __attribute__ ((noreturn));
void chmod_error_details (char const *, mode_t);
void chown_error_details (char const *, uid_t, gid_t);
void close_error (char const *);
void close_warn (char const *);
void exec_fatal (char const *) __attribute__ ((noreturn));
void link_error (char const *, char const *);
void mkdir_error (char const *);
void mkfifo_error (char const *);
void mknod_error (char const *);
void open_error (char const *);
void open_fatal (char const *) __attribute__ ((noreturn));
void open_warn (char const *);
void read_error (char const *);
void read_error_details (char const *, off_t, size_t);
void read_fatal (char const *) __attribute__ ((noreturn));
void read_fatal_details (char const *, off_t, size_t) __attribute__ ((noreturn));
void read_warn_details (char const *, off_t, size_t);
void readlink_error (char const *);
void readlink_warn (char const *);
void rmdir_error (char const *);
void savedir_error (char const *);
void savedir_warn (char const *);
void seek_error (char const *);
void seek_error_details (char const *, off_t);
void seek_warn (char const *);
void seek_warn_details (char const *, off_t);
void stat_fatal (char const *);
void stat_error (char const *);
void stat_warn (char const *);
void symlink_error (char const *, char const *);
void truncate_error (char const *);
void truncate_warn (char const *);
void unlink_error (char const *);
void utime_error (char const *);
void waitpid_error (char const *);
void write_error (char const *);
void pax_exit (void);
void fatal_exit (void) __attribute__ ((noreturn));
#define STRINGIFY_BIGINT(i, b) umaxtostr (i, b)
/* Name-related functions */
bool hash_string_insert (Hash_table **table, char const *string);
bool hash_string_lookup (Hash_table const *table, char const *string);
bool removed_prefixes_p (void);
char *safer_name_suffix (char const *file_name, bool link_target, bool absolute_names);
#endif

156
contrib/cpio/lib/paxnames.c
View File

@ -1,156 +0,0 @@
/* This file is part of GNU paxutils
Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General
Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#include <system.h>
#include <hash.h>
#include <paxlib.h>
/* Hash tables of strings. */
/* Calculate the hash of a string. */
static size_t
hash_string_hasher (void const *name, size_t n_buckets)
{
return hash_string (name, n_buckets);
}
/* Compare two strings for equality. */
static bool
hash_string_compare (void const *name1, void const *name2)
{
return strcmp (name1, name2) == 0;
}
/* Return zero if TABLE contains a copy of STRING; otherwise, insert a
copy of STRING to TABLE and return 1. */
bool
hash_string_insert (Hash_table **table, char const *string)
{
Hash_table *t = *table;
char *s = xstrdup (string);
char *e;
if (! ((t
|| (*table = t = hash_initialize (0, 0, hash_string_hasher,
hash_string_compare, 0)))
&& (e = hash_insert (t, s))))
xalloc_die ();
if (e == s)
return 1;
else
{
free (s);
return 0;
}
}
/* Return 1 if TABLE contains STRING. */
bool
hash_string_lookup (Hash_table const *table, char const *string)
{
return table && hash_lookup (table, string);
}
static Hash_table *prefix_table[2];
/* Return true if file names of some members in the archive were stripped off
their leading components. We could have used
return prefix_table[0] || prefix_table[1]
but the following seems to be safer: */
bool
removed_prefixes_p (void)
{
return (prefix_table[0] && hash_get_n_entries (prefix_table[0]) != 0)
|| (prefix_table[1] && hash_get_n_entries (prefix_table[1]) != 0);
}
/* Return a safer suffix of FILE_NAME, or "." if it has no safer
suffix. Check for fully specified file names and other atrocities.
Warn the user if we do not return NAME. If LINK_TARGET is 1,
FILE_NAME is the target of a hard link, not a member name.
If ABSOLUTE_NAMES is 0, strip filesystem prefix from the file name. */
char *
safer_name_suffix (char const *file_name, bool link_target, bool absolute_names)
{
char const *p;
if (absolute_names)
p = file_name;
else
{
/* Skip file system prefixes, leading file name components that contain
"..", and leading slashes. */
size_t prefix_len = FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (file_name);
for (p = file_name + prefix_len; *p; )
{
if (p[0] == '.' && p[1] == '.' && (ISSLASH (p[2]) || !p[2]))
prefix_len = p + 2 - file_name;
do
{
char c = *p++;
if (ISSLASH (c))
break;
}
while (*p);
}
for (p = file_name + prefix_len; ISSLASH (*p); p++)
continue;
prefix_len = p - file_name;
if (prefix_len)
{
char *prefix = alloca (prefix_len + 1);
memcpy (prefix, file_name, prefix_len);
prefix[prefix_len] = '\0';
if (hash_string_insert (&prefix_table[link_target], prefix))
{
static char const *const diagnostic[] =
{
N_("Removing leading `%s' from member names"),
N_("Removing leading `%s' from hard link targets")
};
WARN ((0, 0, _(diagnostic[link_target]), prefix));
}
}
}
if (! *p)
{
if (p == file_name)
{
static char const *const diagnostic[] =
{
N_("Substituting `.' for empty member name"),
N_("Substituting `.' for empty hard link target")
};
WARN ((0, 0, "%s", _(diagnostic[link_target])));
}
p = ".";
}
return (char *) p;
}

41
contrib/cpio/lib/quote.c
View File

@ -1,41 +0,0 @@
/* quote.c - quote arguments for output
Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2005, 2006 Free
Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
/* Written by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com> */
#include <config.h>
#include "quotearg.h"
#include "quote.h"
/* Return an unambiguous printable representation of NAME,
allocated in slot N, suitable for diagnostics. */
char const *
quote_n (int n, char const *name)
{
return quotearg_n_style (n, locale_quoting_style, name);
}
/* Return an unambiguous printable representation of NAME,
suitable for diagnostics. */
char const *
quote (char const *name)
{
return quote_n (0, name);
}

22
contrib/cpio/lib/quote.h
View File

@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
/* quote.h - prototypes for quote.c
Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
char const *quote_n (int n, char const *name);
char const *quote (char const *name);

697
contrib/cpio/lib/quotearg.c
View File

@ -1,697 +0,0 @@
/* quotearg.c - quote arguments for output
Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free
Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
/* Written by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com> */
#include <config.h>
#include "quotearg.h"
#include "xalloc.h"
#include <ctype.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <wchar.h>
#include <wctype.h>
#include "gettext.h"
#define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
#define N_(msgid) msgid
#if !HAVE_MBRTOWC
/* Disable multibyte processing entirely. Since MB_CUR_MAX is 1, the
other macros are defined only for documentation and to satisfy C
syntax. */
# undef MB_CUR_MAX
# define MB_CUR_MAX 1
# undef mbstate_t
# define mbstate_t int
# define mbrtowc(pwc, s, n, ps) ((*(pwc) = *(s)) != 0)
# define iswprint(wc) isprint ((unsigned char) (wc))
# undef HAVE_MBSINIT
#endif
#if !defined mbsinit && !HAVE_MBSINIT
# define mbsinit(ps) 1
#endif
#ifndef SIZE_MAX
# define SIZE_MAX ((size_t) -1)
#endif
#define INT_BITS (sizeof (int) * CHAR_BIT)
struct quoting_options
{
/* Basic quoting style. */
enum quoting_style style;
/* Quote the characters indicated by this bit vector even if the
quoting style would not normally require them to be quoted. */
unsigned int quote_these_too[(UCHAR_MAX / INT_BITS) + 1];
};
/* Names of quoting styles. */
char const *const quoting_style_args[] =
{
"literal",
"shell",
"shell-always",
"c",
"escape",
"locale",
"clocale",
0
};
/* Correspondences to quoting style names. */
enum quoting_style const quoting_style_vals[] =
{
literal_quoting_style,
shell_quoting_style,
shell_always_quoting_style,
c_quoting_style,
escape_quoting_style,
locale_quoting_style,
clocale_quoting_style
};
/* The default quoting options. */
static struct quoting_options default_quoting_options;
/* Allocate a new set of quoting options, with contents initially identical
to O if O is not null, or to the default if O is null.
It is the caller's responsibility to free the result. */
struct quoting_options *
clone_quoting_options (struct quoting_options *o)
{
int e = errno;
struct quoting_options *p = xmemdup (o ? o : &default_quoting_options,
sizeof *o);
errno = e;
return p;
}
/* Get the value of O's quoting style. If O is null, use the default. */
enum quoting_style
get_quoting_style (struct quoting_options *o)
{
return (o ? o : &default_quoting_options)->style;
}
/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
set the value of the quoting style to S. */
void
set_quoting_style (struct quoting_options *o, enum quoting_style s)
{
(o ? o : &default_quoting_options)->style = s;
}
/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
set the value of the quoting options for character C to I.
Return the old value. Currently, the only values defined for I are
0 (the default) and 1 (which means to quote the character even if
it would not otherwise be quoted). */
int
set_char_quoting (struct quoting_options *o, char c, int i)
{
unsigned char uc = c;
unsigned int *p =
(o ? o : &default_quoting_options)->quote_these_too + uc / INT_BITS;
int shift = uc % INT_BITS;
int r = (*p >> shift) & 1;
*p ^= ((i & 1) ^ r) << shift;
return r;
}
/* MSGID approximates a quotation mark. Return its translation if it
has one; otherwise, return either it or "\"", depending on S. */
static char const *
gettext_quote (char const *msgid, enum quoting_style s)
{
char const *translation = _(msgid);
if (translation == msgid && s == clocale_quoting_style)
translation = "\"";
return translation;
}
/* Place into buffer BUFFER (of size BUFFERSIZE) a quoted version of
argument ARG (of size ARGSIZE), using QUOTING_STYLE and the
non-quoting-style part of O to control quoting.
Terminate the output with a null character, and return the written
size of the output, not counting the terminating null.
If BUFFERSIZE is too small to store the output string, return the
value that would have been returned had BUFFERSIZE been large enough.
If ARGSIZE is SIZE_MAX, use the string length of the argument for ARGSIZE.
This function acts like quotearg_buffer (BUFFER, BUFFERSIZE, ARG,
ARGSIZE, O), except it uses QUOTING_STYLE instead of the quoting
style specified by O, and O may not be null. */
static size_t
quotearg_buffer_restyled (char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
char const *arg, size_t argsize,
enum quoting_style quoting_style,
struct quoting_options const *o)
{
size_t i;
size_t len = 0;
char const *quote_string = 0;
size_t quote_string_len = 0;
bool backslash_escapes = false;
bool unibyte_locale = MB_CUR_MAX == 1;
#define STORE(c) \
do \
{ \
if (len < buffersize) \
buffer[len] = (c); \
len++; \
} \
while (0)
switch (quoting_style)
{
case c_quoting_style:
STORE ('"');
backslash_escapes = true;
quote_string = "\"";
quote_string_len = 1;
break;
case escape_quoting_style:
backslash_escapes = true;
break;
case locale_quoting_style:
case clocale_quoting_style:
{
/* TRANSLATORS:
Get translations for open and closing quotation marks.
The message catalog should translate "`" to a left
quotation mark suitable for the locale, and similarly for
"'". If the catalog has no translation,
locale_quoting_style quotes `like this', and
clocale_quoting_style quotes "like this".
For example, an American English Unicode locale should
translate "`" to U+201C (LEFT DOUBLE QUOTATION MARK), and
should translate "'" to U+201D (RIGHT DOUBLE QUOTATION
MARK). A British English Unicode locale should instead
translate these to U+2018 (LEFT SINGLE QUOTATION MARK) and
U+2019 (RIGHT SINGLE QUOTATION MARK), respectively.
If you don't know what to put here, please see
<http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Quotation_mark#Glyphs>
and use glyphs suitable for your language. */
char const *left = gettext_quote (N_("`"), quoting_style);
char const *right = gettext_quote (N_("'"), quoting_style);
for (quote_string = left; *quote_string; quote_string++)
STORE (*quote_string);
backslash_escapes = true;
quote_string = right;
quote_string_len = strlen (quote_string);
}
break;
case shell_always_quoting_style:
STORE ('\'');
quote_string = "'";
quote_string_len = 1;
break;
default:
break;
}
for (i = 0; ! (argsize == SIZE_MAX ? arg[i] == '\0' : i == argsize); i++)
{
unsigned char c;
unsigned char esc;
if (backslash_escapes
&& quote_string_len
&& i + quote_string_len <= argsize
&& memcmp (arg + i, quote_string, quote_string_len) == 0)
STORE ('\\');
c = arg[i];
switch (c)
{
case '\0':
if (backslash_escapes)
{
STORE ('\\');
STORE ('0');
STORE ('0');
c = '0';
}
break;
case '?':
switch (quoting_style)
{
case shell_quoting_style:
goto use_shell_always_quoting_style;
case c_quoting_style:
if (i + 2 < argsize && arg[i + 1] == '?')
switch (arg[i + 2])
{
case '!': case '\'':
case '(': case ')': case '-': case '/':
case '<': case '=': case '>':
/* Escape the second '?' in what would otherwise be
a trigraph. */
c = arg[i + 2];
i += 2;
STORE ('?');
STORE ('\\');
STORE ('?');
break;
default:
break;
}
break;
default:
break;
}
break;
case '\a': esc = 'a'; goto c_escape;
case '\b': esc = 'b'; goto c_escape;
case '\f': esc = 'f'; goto c_escape;
case '\n': esc = 'n'; goto c_and_shell_escape;
case '\r': esc = 'r'; goto c_and_shell_escape;
case '\t': esc = 't'; goto c_and_shell_escape;
case '\v': esc = 'v'; goto c_escape;
case '\\': esc = c; goto c_and_shell_escape;
c_and_shell_escape:
if (quoting_style == shell_quoting_style)
goto use_shell_always_quoting_style;
c_escape:
if (backslash_escapes)
{
c = esc;
goto store_escape;
}
break;
case '{': case '}': /* sometimes special if isolated */
if (! (argsize == SIZE_MAX ? arg[1] == '\0' : argsize == 1))
break;
/* Fall through. */
case '#': case '~':
if (i != 0)
break;
/* Fall through. */
case ' ':
case '!': /* special in bash */
case '"': case '$': case '&':
case '(': case ')': case '*': case ';':
case '<':
case '=': /* sometimes special in 0th or (with "set -k") later args */
case '>': case '[':
case '^': /* special in old /bin/sh, e.g. SunOS 4.1.4 */
case '`': case '|':
/* A shell special character. In theory, '$' and '`' could
be the first bytes of multibyte characters, which means
we should check them with mbrtowc, but in practice this
doesn't happen so it's not worth worrying about. */
if (quoting_style == shell_quoting_style)
goto use_shell_always_quoting_style;
break;
case '\'':
switch (quoting_style)
{
case shell_quoting_style:
goto use_shell_always_quoting_style;
case shell_always_quoting_style:
STORE ('\'');
STORE ('\\');
STORE ('\'');
break;
default:
break;
}
break;
case '%': case '+': case ',': case '-': case '.': case '/':
case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5':
case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': case ':':
case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D': case 'E': case 'F':
case 'G': case 'H': case 'I': case 'J': case 'K': case 'L':
case 'M': case 'N': case 'O': case 'P': case 'Q': case 'R':
case 'S': case 'T': case 'U': case 'V': case 'W': case 'X':
case 'Y': case 'Z': case ']': case '_': case 'a': case 'b':
case 'c': case 'd': case 'e': case 'f': case 'g': case 'h':
case 'i': case 'j': case 'k': case 'l': case 'm': case 'n':
case 'o': case 'p': case 'q': case 'r': case 's': case 't':
case 'u': case 'v': case 'w': case 'x': case 'y': case 'z':
/* These characters don't cause problems, no matter what the
quoting style is. They cannot start multibyte sequences. */
break;
default:
/* If we have a multibyte sequence, copy it until we reach
its end, find an error, or come back to the initial shift
state. For C-like styles, if the sequence has
unprintable characters, escape the whole sequence, since
we can't easily escape single characters within it. */
{
/* Length of multibyte sequence found so far. */
size_t m;
bool printable;
if (unibyte_locale)
{
m = 1;
printable = isprint (c) != 0;
}
else
{
mbstate_t mbstate;
memset (&mbstate, 0, sizeof mbstate);
m = 0;
printable = true;
if (argsize == SIZE_MAX)
argsize = strlen (arg);
do
{
wchar_t w;
size_t bytes = mbrtowc (&w, &arg[i + m],
argsize - (i + m), &mbstate);
if (bytes == 0)
break;
else if (bytes == (size_t) -1)
{
printable = false;
break;
}
else if (bytes == (size_t) -2)
{
printable = false;
while (i + m < argsize && arg[i + m])
m++;
break;
}
else
{
/* Work around a bug with older shells that "see" a '\'
that is really the 2nd byte of a multibyte character.
In practice the problem is limited to ASCII
chars >= '@' that are shell special chars. */
if ('[' == 0x5b && quoting_style == shell_quoting_style)
{
size_t j;
for (j = 1; j < bytes; j++)
switch (arg[i + m + j])
{
case '[': case '\\': case '^':
case '`': case '|':
goto use_shell_always_quoting_style;
default:
break;
}
}
if (! iswprint (w))
printable = false;
m += bytes;
}
}
while (! mbsinit (&mbstate));
}
if (1 < m || (backslash_escapes && ! printable))
{
/* Output a multibyte sequence, or an escaped
unprintable unibyte character. */
size_t ilim = i + m;
for (;;)
{
if (backslash_escapes && ! printable)
{
STORE ('\\');
STORE ('0' + (c >> 6));
STORE ('0' + ((c >> 3) & 7));
c = '0' + (c & 7);
}
if (ilim <= i + 1)
break;
STORE (c);
c = arg[++i];
}
goto store_c;
}
}
}
if (! (backslash_escapes
&& o->quote_these_too[c / INT_BITS] & (1 << (c % INT_BITS))))
goto store_c;
store_escape:
STORE ('\\');
store_c:
STORE (c);
}
if (i == 0 && quoting_style == shell_quoting_style)
goto use_shell_always_quoting_style;
if (quote_string)
for (; *quote_string; quote_string++)
STORE (*quote_string);
if (len < buffersize)
buffer[len] = '\0';
return len;
use_shell_always_quoting_style:
return quotearg_buffer_restyled (buffer, buffersize, arg, argsize,
shell_always_quoting_style, o);
}
/* Place into buffer BUFFER (of size BUFFERSIZE) a quoted version of
argument ARG (of size ARGSIZE), using O to control quoting.
If O is null, use the default.
Terminate the output with a null character, and return the written
size of the output, not counting the terminating null.
If BUFFERSIZE is too small to store the output string, return the
value that would have been returned had BUFFERSIZE been large enough.
If ARGSIZE is SIZE_MAX, use the string length of the argument for
ARGSIZE. */
size_t
quotearg_buffer (char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
char const *arg, size_t argsize,
struct quoting_options const *o)
{
struct quoting_options const *p = o ? o : &default_quoting_options;
int e = errno;
size_t r = quotearg_buffer_restyled (buffer, buffersize, arg, argsize,
p->style, p);
errno = e;
return r;
}
/* Like quotearg_buffer (..., ARG, ARGSIZE, O), except return newly
allocated storage containing the quoted string. */
char *
quotearg_alloc (char const *arg, size_t argsize,
struct quoting_options const *o)
{
int e = errno;
size_t bufsize = quotearg_buffer (0, 0, arg, argsize, o) + 1;
char *buf = xcharalloc (bufsize);
quotearg_buffer (buf, bufsize, arg, argsize, o);
errno = e;
return buf;
}
/* A storage slot with size and pointer to a value. */
struct slotvec
{
size_t size;
char *val;
};
/* Preallocate a slot 0 buffer, so that the caller can always quote
one small component of a "memory exhausted" message in slot 0. */
static char slot0[256];
static unsigned int nslots = 1;
static struct slotvec slotvec0 = {sizeof slot0, slot0};
static struct slotvec *slotvec = &slotvec0;
void
quotearg_free (void)
{
struct slotvec *sv = slotvec;
unsigned int i;
for (i = 1; i < nslots; i++)
free (sv[i].val);
if (sv[0].val != slot0)
{
free (sv[0].val);
slotvec0.size = sizeof slot0;
slotvec0.val = slot0;
}
if (sv != &slotvec0)
{
free (sv);
slotvec = &slotvec0;
}
nslots = 1;
}
/* Use storage slot N to return a quoted version of argument ARG.
ARG is of size ARGSIZE, but if that is SIZE_MAX, ARG is a
null-terminated string.
OPTIONS specifies the quoting options.
The returned value points to static storage that can be
reused by the next call to this function with the same value of N.
N must be nonnegative. N is deliberately declared with type "int"
to allow for future extensions (using negative values). */
static char *
quotearg_n_options (int n, char const *arg, size_t argsize,
struct quoting_options const *options)
{
int e = errno;
unsigned int n0 = n;
struct slotvec *sv = slotvec;
if (n < 0)
abort ();
if (nslots <= n0)
{
/* FIXME: technically, the type of n1 should be `unsigned int',
but that evokes an unsuppressible warning from gcc-4.0.1 and
older. If gcc ever provides an option to suppress that warning,
revert to the original type, so that the test in xalloc_oversized
is once again performed only at compile time. */
size_t n1 = n0 + 1;
bool preallocated = (sv == &slotvec0);
if (xalloc_oversized (n1, sizeof *sv))
xalloc_die ();
slotvec = sv = xrealloc (preallocated ? NULL : sv, n1 * sizeof *sv);
if (preallocated)
*sv = slotvec0;
memset (sv + nslots, 0, (n1 - nslots) * sizeof *sv);
nslots = n1;
}
{
size_t size = sv[n].size;
char *val = sv[n].val;
size_t qsize = quotearg_buffer (val, size, arg, argsize, options);
if (size <= qsize)
{
sv[n].size = size = qsize + 1;
if (val != slot0)
free (val);
sv[n].val = val = xcharalloc (size);
quotearg_buffer (val, size, arg, argsize, options);
}
errno = e;
return val;
}
}
char *
quotearg_n (int n, char const *arg)
{
return quotearg_n_options (n, arg, SIZE_MAX, &default_quoting_options);
}
char *
quotearg (char const *arg)
{
return quotearg_n (0, arg);
}
/* Return quoting options for STYLE, with no extra quoting. */
static struct quoting_options
quoting_options_from_style (enum quoting_style style)
{
struct quoting_options o;
o.style = style;
memset (o.quote_these_too, 0, sizeof o.quote_these_too);
return o;
}
char *
quotearg_n_style (int n, enum quoting_style s, char const *arg)
{
struct quoting_options const o = quoting_options_from_style (s);
return quotearg_n_options (n, arg, SIZE_MAX, &o);
}
char *
quotearg_n_style_mem (int n, enum quoting_style s,
char const *arg, size_t argsize)
{
struct quoting_options const o = quoting_options_from_style (s);
return quotearg_n_options (n, arg, argsize, &o);
}
char *
quotearg_style (enum quoting_style s, char const *arg)
{
return quotearg_n_style (0, s, arg);
}
char *
quotearg_char (char const *arg, char ch)
{
struct quoting_options options;
options = default_quoting_options;
set_char_quoting (&options, ch, 1);
return quotearg_n_options (0, arg, SIZE_MAX, &options);
}
char *
quotearg_colon (char const *arg)
{
return quotearg_char (arg, ':');
}

140
contrib/cpio/lib/quotearg.h
View File

@ -1,140 +0,0 @@
/* quotearg.h - quote arguments for output
Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2004, 2006 Free
Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
/* Written by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com> */
#ifndef QUOTEARG_H_
# define QUOTEARG_H_ 1
# include <stddef.h>
/* Basic quoting styles. */
enum quoting_style
{
/* Output names as-is (ls --quoting-style=literal). */
literal_quoting_style,
/* Quote names for the shell if they contain shell metacharacters
or would cause ambiguous output (ls --quoting-style=shell). */
shell_quoting_style,
/* Quote names for the shell, even if they would normally not
require quoting (ls --quoting-style=shell-always). */
shell_always_quoting_style,
/* Quote names as for a C language string (ls --quoting-style=c). */
c_quoting_style,
/* Like c_quoting_style except omit the surrounding double-quote
characters (ls --quoting-style=escape). */
escape_quoting_style,
/* Like clocale_quoting_style, but quote `like this' instead of
"like this" in the default C locale (ls --quoting-style=locale). */
locale_quoting_style,
/* Like c_quoting_style except use quotation marks appropriate for
the locale (ls --quoting-style=clocale). */
clocale_quoting_style
};
/* For now, --quoting-style=literal is the default, but this may change. */
# ifndef DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE
# define DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE literal_quoting_style
# endif
/* Names of quoting styles and their corresponding values. */
extern char const *const quoting_style_args[];
extern enum quoting_style const quoting_style_vals[];
struct quoting_options;
/* The functions listed below set and use a hidden variable
that contains the default quoting style options. */
/* Allocate a new set of quoting options, with contents initially identical
to O if O is not null, or to the default if O is null.
It is the caller's responsibility to free the result. */
struct quoting_options *clone_quoting_options (struct quoting_options *o);
/* Get the value of O's quoting style. If O is null, use the default. */
enum quoting_style get_quoting_style (struct quoting_options *o);
/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
set the value of the quoting style to S. */
void set_quoting_style (struct quoting_options *o, enum quoting_style s);
/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
set the value of the quoting options for character C to I.
Return the old value. Currently, the only values defined for I are
0 (the default) and 1 (which means to quote the character even if
it would not otherwise be quoted). */
int set_char_quoting (struct quoting_options *o, char c, int i);
/* Place into buffer BUFFER (of size BUFFERSIZE) a quoted version of
argument ARG (of size ARGSIZE), using O to control quoting.
If O is null, use the default.
Terminate the output with a null character, and return the written
size of the output, not counting the terminating null.
If BUFFERSIZE is too small to store the output string, return the
value that would have been returned had BUFFERSIZE been large enough.
If ARGSIZE is -1, use the string length of the argument for ARGSIZE. */
size_t quotearg_buffer (char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
char const *arg, size_t argsize,
struct quoting_options const *o);
/* Like quotearg_buffer, except return the result in a newly allocated
buffer. It is the caller's responsibility to free the result. */
char *quotearg_alloc (char const *arg, size_t argsize,
struct quoting_options const *o);
/* Use storage slot N to return a quoted version of the string ARG.
Use the default quoting options.
The returned value points to static storage that can be
reused by the next call to this function with the same value of N.
N must be nonnegative. */
char *quotearg_n (int n, char const *arg);
/* Equivalent to quotearg_n (0, ARG). */
char *quotearg (char const *arg);
/* Use style S and storage slot N to return a quoted version of the string ARG.
This is like quotearg_n (N, ARG), except that it uses S with no other
options to specify the quoting method. */
char *quotearg_n_style (int n, enum quoting_style s, char const *arg);
/* Use style S and storage slot N to return a quoted version of the
argument ARG of size ARGSIZE. This is like quotearg_n_style
(N, S, ARG), except it can quote null bytes. */
char *quotearg_n_style_mem (int n, enum quoting_style s,
char const *arg, size_t argsize);
/* Equivalent to quotearg_n_style (0, S, ARG). */
char *quotearg_style (enum quoting_style s, char const *arg);
/* Like quotearg (ARG), except also quote any instances of CH. */
char *quotearg_char (char const *arg, char ch);
/* Equivalent to quotearg_char (ARG, ':'). */
char *quotearg_colon (char const *arg);
/* Free any dynamically allocated memory. */
void quotearg_free (void);
#endif /* !QUOTEARG_H_ */

4
contrib/cpio/lib/rmt-command.h
View File

@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
#define LOCALEDIR "/usr/local/share/locale"
#ifndef DEFAULT_RMT_COMMAND
# define DEFAULT_RMT_COMMAND "/usr/local/libexec/rmt"
#endif

99
contrib/cpio/lib/rmt.h
View File

@ -1,99 +0,0 @@
/* Definitions for communicating with a remote tape drive.
Copyright (C) 1988, 1992, 1996, 1997, 2001, 2003, 2004 Free
Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
extern char *rmt_command;
extern char *rmt_dev_name__;
int rmt_open__ (const char *, int, int, const char *);
int rmt_close__ (int);
size_t rmt_read__ (int, char *, size_t);
size_t rmt_write__ (int, char *, size_t);
off_t rmt_lseek__ (int, off_t, int);
int rmt_ioctl__ (int, int, char *);
extern bool force_local_option;
/* A filename is remote if it contains a colon not preceded by a slash,
to take care of `/:/' which is a shorthand for `/.../<CELL-NAME>/fs'
on machines running OSF's Distributing Computing Environment (DCE) and
Distributed File System (DFS). However, when --force-local, a
filename is never remote. */
#define _remdev(dev_name) \
(!force_local_option && (rmt_dev_name__ = strchr (dev_name, ':')) \
&& rmt_dev_name__ > (dev_name) \
&& ! memchr (dev_name, '/', rmt_dev_name__ - (dev_name)))
#define _isrmt(fd) \
((fd) >= __REM_BIAS)
#define __REM_BIAS (1 << 30)
#ifndef O_CREAT
# define O_CREAT 01000
#endif
#define rmtopen(dev_name, oflag, mode, command) \
(_remdev (dev_name) ? rmt_open__ (dev_name, oflag, __REM_BIAS, command) \
: open (dev_name, oflag, mode))
#define rmtaccess(dev_name, amode) \
(_remdev (dev_name) ? 0 : access (dev_name, amode))
#define rmtstat(dev_name, buffer) \
(_remdev (dev_name) ? (errno = EOPNOTSUPP), -1 : stat (dev_name, buffer))
#define rmtcreat(dev_name, mode, command) \
(_remdev (dev_name) \
? rmt_open__ (dev_name, 1 | O_CREAT, __REM_BIAS, command) \
: creat (dev_name, mode))
#define rmtlstat(dev_name, muffer) \
(_remdev (dev_name) ? (errno = EOPNOTSUPP), -1 : lstat (dev_name, buffer))
#define rmtread(fd, buffer, length) \
(_isrmt (fd) ? rmt_read__ (fd - __REM_BIAS, buffer, length) \
: safe_read (fd, buffer, length))
#define rmtwrite(fd, buffer, length) \
(_isrmt (fd) ? rmt_write__ (fd - __REM_BIAS, buffer, length) \
: full_write (fd, buffer, length))
#define rmtlseek(fd, offset, where) \
(_isrmt (fd) ? rmt_lseek__ (fd - __REM_BIAS, offset, where) \
: lseek (fd, offset, where))
#define rmtclose(fd) \
(_isrmt (fd) ? rmt_close__ (fd - __REM_BIAS) : close (fd))
#define rmtioctl(fd, request, argument) \
(_isrmt (fd) ? rmt_ioctl__ (fd - __REM_BIAS, request, argument) \
: ioctl (fd, request, argument))
#define rmtdup(fd) \
(_isrmt (fd) ? (errno = EOPNOTSUPP), -1 : dup (fd))
#define rmtfstat(fd, buffer) \
(_isrmt (fd) ? (errno = EOPNOTSUPP), -1 : fstat (fd, buffer))
#define rmtfcntl(cd, command, argument) \
(_isrmt (fd) ? (errno = EOPNOTSUPP), -1 : fcntl (fd, command, argument))
#define rmtisatty(fd) \
(_isrmt (fd) ? 0 : isatty (fd))

741
contrib/cpio/lib/rtapelib.c
View File

@ -1,741 +0,0 @@
/* Functions for communicating with a remote tape drive.
Copyright (C) 1988, 1992, 1994, 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2004,
2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
/* The man page rmt(8) for /etc/rmt documents the remote mag tape protocol
which rdump and rrestore use. Unfortunately, the man page is *WRONG*.
The author of the routines I'm including originally wrote his code just
based on the man page, and it didn't work, so he went to the rdump source
to figure out why. The only thing he had to change was to check for the
'F' return code in addition to the 'E', and to separate the various
arguments with \n instead of a space. I personally don't think that this
is much of a problem, but I wanted to point it out. -- Arnold Robbins
Originally written by Jeff Lee, modified some by Arnold Robbins. Redone
as a library that can replace open, read, write, etc., by Fred Fish, with
some additional work by Arnold Robbins. Modified to make all rmt* calls
into macros for speed by Jay Fenlason. Use -DWITH_REXEC for rexec
code, courtesy of Dan Kegel. */
#include "system.h"
#include "system-ioctl.h"
#include <safe-read.h>
#include <full-write.h>
/* Try hard to get EOPNOTSUPP defined. 486/ISC has it in net/errno.h,
3B2/SVR3 has it in sys/inet.h. Otherwise, like on MSDOS, use EINVAL. */
#ifndef EOPNOTSUPP
# if HAVE_NET_ERRNO_H
# include <net/errno.h>
# endif
# if HAVE_SYS_INET_H
# include <sys/inet.h>
# endif
# ifndef EOPNOTSUPP
# define EOPNOTSUPP EINVAL
# endif
#endif
#include <signal.h>
#if HAVE_NETDB_H
# include <netdb.h>
#endif
#include <rmt.h>
#include <rmt-command.h>
/* Exit status if exec errors. */
#define EXIT_ON_EXEC_ERROR 128
/* FIXME: Size of buffers for reading and writing commands to rmt. */
#define COMMAND_BUFFER_SIZE 64
#ifndef RETSIGTYPE
# define RETSIGTYPE void
#endif
/* FIXME: Maximum number of simultaneous remote tape connections. */
#define MAXUNIT 4
#define PREAD 0 /* read file descriptor from pipe() */
#define PWRITE 1 /* write file descriptor from pipe() */
/* Return the parent's read side of remote tape connection Fd. */
#define READ_SIDE(Fd) (from_remote[Fd][PREAD])
/* Return the parent's write side of remote tape connection Fd. */
#define WRITE_SIDE(Fd) (to_remote[Fd][PWRITE])
/* The pipes for receiving data from remote tape drives. */
static int from_remote[MAXUNIT][2] = {{-1, -1}, {-1, -1}, {-1, -1}, {-1, -1}};
/* The pipes for sending data to remote tape drives. */
static int to_remote[MAXUNIT][2] = {{-1, -1}, {-1, -1}, {-1, -1}, {-1, -1}};
char *rmt_command = DEFAULT_RMT_COMMAND;
/* Temporary variable used by macros in rmt.h. */
char *rmt_dev_name__;
/* If true, always consider file names to be local, even if they contain
colons */
bool force_local_option;
/* Close remote tape connection HANDLE, and reset errno to ERRNO_VALUE. */
static void
_rmt_shutdown (int handle, int errno_value)
{
close (READ_SIDE (handle));
close (WRITE_SIDE (handle));
READ_SIDE (handle) = -1;
WRITE_SIDE (handle) = -1;
errno = errno_value;
}
/* Attempt to perform the remote tape command specified in BUFFER on
remote tape connection HANDLE. Return 0 if successful, -1 on
error. */
static int
do_command (int handle, const char *buffer)
{
/* Save the current pipe handler and try to make the request. */
size_t length = strlen (buffer);
RETSIGTYPE (*pipe_handler) () = signal (SIGPIPE, SIG_IGN);
ssize_t written = full_write (WRITE_SIDE (handle), buffer, length);
signal (SIGPIPE, pipe_handler);
if (written == length)
return 0;
/* Something went wrong. Close down and go home. */
_rmt_shutdown (handle, EIO);
return -1;
}
static char *
get_status_string (int handle, char *command_buffer)
{
char *cursor;
int counter;
/* Read the reply command line. */
for (counter = 0, cursor = command_buffer;
counter < COMMAND_BUFFER_SIZE;
counter++, cursor++)
{
if (safe_read (READ_SIDE (handle), cursor, 1) != 1)
{
_rmt_shutdown (handle, EIO);
return 0;
}
if (*cursor == '\n')
{
*cursor = '\0';
break;
}
}
if (counter == COMMAND_BUFFER_SIZE)
{
_rmt_shutdown (handle, EIO);
return 0;
}
/* Check the return status. */
for (cursor = command_buffer; *cursor; cursor++)
if (*cursor != ' ')
break;
if (*cursor == 'E' || *cursor == 'F')
{
/* Skip the error message line. */
/* FIXME: there is better to do than merely ignoring error messages
coming from the remote end. Translate them, too... */
{
char character;
while (safe_read (READ_SIDE (handle), &character, 1) == 1)
if (character == '\n')
break;
}
errno = atoi (cursor + 1);
if (*cursor == 'F')
_rmt_shutdown (handle, errno);
return 0;
}
/* Check for mis-synced pipes. */
if (*cursor != 'A')
{
_rmt_shutdown (handle, EIO);
return 0;
}
/* Got an `A' (success) response. */
return cursor + 1;
}
/* Read and return the status from remote tape connection HANDLE. If
an error occurred, return -1 and set errno. */
static long int
get_status (int handle)
{
char command_buffer[COMMAND_BUFFER_SIZE];
const char *status = get_status_string (handle, command_buffer);
if (status)
{
long int result = atol (status);
if (0 <= result)
return result;
errno = EIO;
}
return -1;
}
static off_t
get_status_off (int handle)
{
char command_buffer[COMMAND_BUFFER_SIZE];
const char *status = get_status_string (handle, command_buffer);
if (! status)
return -1;
else
{
/* Parse status, taking care to check for overflow.
We can't use standard functions,
since off_t might be longer than long. */
off_t count = 0;
int negative;
for (; *status == ' ' || *status == '\t'; status++)
continue;
negative = *status == '-';
status += negative || *status == '+';
for (;;)
{
int digit = *status++ - '0';
if (9 < (unsigned) digit)
break;
else
{
off_t c10 = 10 * count;
off_t nc = negative ? c10 - digit : c10 + digit;
if (c10 / 10 != count || (negative ? c10 < nc : nc < c10))
return -1;
count = nc;
}
}
return count;
}
}
#if WITH_REXEC
/* Execute /etc/rmt as user USER on remote system HOST using rexec.
Return a file descriptor of a bidirectional socket for stdin and
stdout. If USER is zero, use the current username.
By default, this code is not used, since it requires that the user
have a .netrc file in his/her home directory, or that the
application designer be willing to have rexec prompt for login and
password info. This may be unacceptable, and .rhosts files for use
with rsh are much more common on BSD systems. */
static int
_rmt_rexec (char *host, char *user)
{
int saved_stdin = dup (STDIN_FILENO);
int saved_stdout = dup (STDOUT_FILENO);
struct servent *rexecserv;
int result;
/* When using cpio -o < filename, stdin is no longer the tty. But the
rexec subroutine reads the login and the passwd on stdin, to allow
remote execution of the command. So, reopen stdin and stdout on
/dev/tty before the rexec and give them back their original value
after. */
if (! freopen ("/dev/tty", "r", stdin))
freopen ("/dev/null", "r", stdin);
if (! freopen ("/dev/tty", "w", stdout))
freopen ("/dev/null", "w", stdout);
if (rexecserv = getservbyname ("exec", "tcp"), !rexecserv)
error (EXIT_ON_EXEC_ERROR, 0, _("exec/tcp: Service not available"));
result = rexec (&host, rexecserv->s_port, user, 0, rmt_command, 0);
if (fclose (stdin) == EOF)
error (0, errno, _("stdin"));
fdopen (saved_stdin, "r");
if (fclose (stdout) == EOF)
error (0, errno, _("stdout"));
fdopen (saved_stdout, "w");
return result;
}
#endif /* WITH_REXEC */
/* Place into BUF a string representing OFLAG, which must be suitable
as argument 2 of `open'. BUF must be large enough to hold the
result. This function should generate a string that decode_oflag
can parse. */
static void
encode_oflag (char *buf, int oflag)
{
sprintf (buf, "%d ", oflag);
switch (oflag & O_ACCMODE)
{
case O_RDONLY: strcat (buf, "O_RDONLY"); break;
case O_RDWR: strcat (buf, "O_RDWR"); break;
case O_WRONLY: strcat (buf, "O_WRONLY"); break;
default: abort ();
}
#ifdef O_APPEND
if (oflag & O_APPEND) strcat (buf, "|O_APPEND");
#endif
if (oflag & O_CREAT) strcat (buf, "|O_CREAT");
#ifdef O_DSYNC
if (oflag & O_DSYNC) strcat (buf, "|O_DSYNC");
#endif
if (oflag & O_EXCL) strcat (buf, "|O_EXCL");
#ifdef O_LARGEFILE
if (oflag & O_LARGEFILE) strcat (buf, "|O_LARGEFILE");
#endif
#ifdef O_NOCTTY
if (oflag & O_NOCTTY) strcat (buf, "|O_NOCTTY");
#endif
if (oflag & O_NONBLOCK) strcat (buf, "|O_NONBLOCK");
#ifdef O_RSYNC
if (oflag & O_RSYNC) strcat (buf, "|O_RSYNC");
#endif
#ifdef O_SYNC
if (oflag & O_SYNC) strcat (buf, "|O_SYNC");
#endif
if (oflag & O_TRUNC) strcat (buf, "|O_TRUNC");
}
/* Open a file (a magnetic tape device?) on the system specified in
FILE_NAME, as the given user. FILE_NAME has the form `[USER@]HOST:FILE'.
OPEN_MODE is O_RDONLY, O_WRONLY, etc. If successful, return the
remote pipe number plus BIAS. REMOTE_SHELL may be overridden. On
error, return -1. */
int
rmt_open__ (const char *file_name, int open_mode, int bias,
const char *remote_shell)
{
int remote_pipe_number; /* pseudo, biased file descriptor */
char *file_name_copy; /* copy of file_name string */
char *remote_host; /* remote host name */
char *remote_file; /* remote file name (often a device) */
char *remote_user; /* remote user name */
/* Find an unused pair of file descriptors. */
for (remote_pipe_number = 0;
remote_pipe_number < MAXUNIT;
remote_pipe_number++)
if (READ_SIDE (remote_pipe_number) == -1
&& WRITE_SIDE (remote_pipe_number) == -1)
break;
if (remote_pipe_number == MAXUNIT)
{
errno = EMFILE;
return -1;
}
/* Pull apart the system and device, and optional user. */
{
char *cursor;
file_name_copy = xstrdup (file_name);
remote_host = file_name_copy;
remote_user = 0;
remote_file = 0;
for (cursor = file_name_copy; *cursor; cursor++)
switch (*cursor)
{
default:
break;
case '\n':
/* Do not allow newlines in the file_name, since the protocol
uses newline delimiters. */
free (file_name_copy);
errno = ENOENT;
return -1;
case '@':
if (!remote_user)
{
remote_user = remote_host;
*cursor = '\0';
remote_host = cursor + 1;
}
break;
case ':':
if (!remote_file)
{
*cursor = '\0';
remote_file = cursor + 1;
}
break;
}
}
/* FIXME: Should somewhat validate the decoding, here. */
if (remote_user && *remote_user == '\0')
remote_user = 0;
#if WITH_REXEC
/* Execute the remote command using rexec. */
READ_SIDE (remote_pipe_number) = _rmt_rexec (remote_host, remote_user);
if (READ_SIDE (remote_pipe_number) < 0)
{
int e = errno;
free (file_name_copy);
errno = e;
return -1;
}
WRITE_SIDE (remote_pipe_number) = READ_SIDE (remote_pipe_number);
#else /* not WITH_REXEC */
{
const char *remote_shell_basename;
pid_t status;
/* Identify the remote command to be executed. */
if (!remote_shell)
{
#ifdef REMOTE_SHELL
remote_shell = REMOTE_SHELL;
#else
free (file_name_copy);
errno = EIO;
return -1;
#endif
}
remote_shell_basename = base_name (remote_shell);
/* Set up the pipes for the `rsh' command, and fork. */
if (pipe (to_remote[remote_pipe_number]) == -1
|| pipe (from_remote[remote_pipe_number]) == -1)
{
int e = errno;
free (file_name_copy);
errno = e;
return -1;
}
status = fork ();
if (status == -1)
{
int e = errno;
free (file_name_copy);
errno = e;
return -1;
}
if (status == 0)
{
/* Child. */
close (STDIN_FILENO);
dup (to_remote[remote_pipe_number][PREAD]);
close (to_remote[remote_pipe_number][PREAD]);
close (to_remote[remote_pipe_number][PWRITE]);
close (STDOUT_FILENO);
dup (from_remote[remote_pipe_number][PWRITE]);
close (from_remote[remote_pipe_number][PREAD]);
close (from_remote[remote_pipe_number][PWRITE]);
sys_reset_uid_gid ();
if (remote_user)
execl (remote_shell, remote_shell_basename, remote_host,
"-l", remote_user, rmt_command, (char *) 0);
else
execl (remote_shell, remote_shell_basename, remote_host,
rmt_command, (char *) 0);
/* Bad problems if we get here. */
/* In a previous version, _exit was used here instead of exit. */
error (EXIT_ON_EXEC_ERROR, errno, _("Cannot execute remote shell"));
}
/* Parent. */
close (from_remote[remote_pipe_number][PWRITE]);
close (to_remote[remote_pipe_number][PREAD]);
}
#endif /* not WITH_REXEC */
/* Attempt to open the tape device. */
{
size_t remote_file_len = strlen (remote_file);
char *command_buffer = xmalloc (remote_file_len + 1000);
sprintf (command_buffer, "O%s\n", remote_file);
encode_oflag (command_buffer + remote_file_len + 2, open_mode);
strcat (command_buffer, "\n");
if (do_command (remote_pipe_number, command_buffer) == -1
|| get_status (remote_pipe_number) == -1)
{
int e = errno;
free (command_buffer);
free (file_name_copy);
_rmt_shutdown (remote_pipe_number, e);
return -1;
}
free (command_buffer);
}
free (file_name_copy);
return remote_pipe_number + bias;
}
/* Close remote tape connection HANDLE and shut down. Return 0 if
successful, -1 on error. */
int
rmt_close__ (int handle)
{
long int status;
if (do_command (handle, "C\n") == -1)
return -1;
status = get_status (handle);
_rmt_shutdown (handle, errno);
return status;
}
/* Read up to LENGTH bytes into BUFFER from remote tape connection HANDLE.
Return the number of bytes read on success, SAFE_READ_ERROR on error. */
size_t
rmt_read__ (int handle, char *buffer, size_t length)
{
char command_buffer[COMMAND_BUFFER_SIZE];
size_t status;
size_t rlen;
size_t counter;
sprintf (command_buffer, "R%lu\n", (unsigned long) length);
if (do_command (handle, command_buffer) == -1
|| (status = get_status (handle)) == SAFE_READ_ERROR
|| status > length)
return SAFE_READ_ERROR;
for (counter = 0; counter < status; counter += rlen, buffer += rlen)
{
rlen = safe_read (READ_SIDE (handle), buffer, status - counter);
if (rlen == SAFE_READ_ERROR || rlen == 0)
{
_rmt_shutdown (handle, EIO);
return SAFE_READ_ERROR;
}
}
return status;
}
/* Write LENGTH bytes from BUFFER to remote tape connection HANDLE.
Return the number of bytes written. */
size_t
rmt_write__ (int handle, char *buffer, size_t length)
{
char command_buffer[COMMAND_BUFFER_SIZE];
RETSIGTYPE (*pipe_handler) ();
size_t written;
sprintf (command_buffer, "W%lu\n", (unsigned long) length);
if (do_command (handle, command_buffer) == -1)
return 0;
pipe_handler = signal (SIGPIPE, SIG_IGN);
written = full_write (WRITE_SIDE (handle), buffer, length);
signal (SIGPIPE, pipe_handler);
if (written == length)
{
long int r = get_status (handle);
if (r < 0)
return 0;
if (r == length)
return length;
written = r;
}
/* Write error. */
_rmt_shutdown (handle, EIO);
return written;
}
/* Perform an imitation lseek operation on remote tape connection
HANDLE. Return the new file offset if successful, -1 if on error. */
off_t
rmt_lseek__ (int handle, off_t offset, int whence)
{
char command_buffer[COMMAND_BUFFER_SIZE];
char operand_buffer[UINTMAX_STRSIZE_BOUND];
uintmax_t u = offset < 0 ? - (uintmax_t) offset : (uintmax_t) offset;
char *p = operand_buffer + sizeof operand_buffer;
*--p = 0;
do
*--p = '0' + (int) (u % 10);
while ((u /= 10) != 0);
if (offset < 0)
*--p = '-';
switch (whence)
{
case SEEK_SET: whence = 0; break;
case SEEK_CUR: whence = 1; break;
case SEEK_END: whence = 2; break;
default: abort ();
}
sprintf (command_buffer, "L%s\n%d\n", p, whence);
if (do_command (handle, command_buffer) == -1)
return -1;
return get_status_off (handle);
}
/* Perform a raw tape operation on remote tape connection HANDLE.
Return the results of the ioctl, or -1 on error. */
int
rmt_ioctl__ (int handle, int operation, char *argument)
{
switch (operation)
{
default:
errno = EOPNOTSUPP;
return -1;
#ifdef MTIOCTOP
case MTIOCTOP:
{
char command_buffer[COMMAND_BUFFER_SIZE];
char operand_buffer[UINTMAX_STRSIZE_BOUND];
uintmax_t u = (((struct mtop *) argument)->mt_count < 0
? - (uintmax_t) ((struct mtop *) argument)->mt_count
: (uintmax_t) ((struct mtop *) argument)->mt_count);
char *p = operand_buffer + sizeof operand_buffer;
*--p = 0;
do
*--p = '0' + (int) (u % 10);
while ((u /= 10) != 0);
if (((struct mtop *) argument)->mt_count < 0)
*--p = '-';
/* MTIOCTOP is the easy one. Nothing is transferred in binary. */
sprintf (command_buffer, "I%d\n%s\n",
((struct mtop *) argument)->mt_op, p);
if (do_command (handle, command_buffer) == -1)
return -1;
return get_status (handle);
}
#endif /* MTIOCTOP */
#ifdef MTIOCGET
case MTIOCGET:
{
ssize_t status;
size_t counter;
/* Grab the status and read it directly into the structure. This
assumes that the status buffer is not padded and that 2 shorts
fit in a long without any word alignment problems; i.e., the
whole struct is contiguous. NOTE - this is probably NOT a good
assumption. */
if (do_command (handle, "S") == -1
|| (status = get_status (handle), status == -1))
return -1;
for (; status > 0; status -= counter, argument += counter)
{
counter = safe_read (READ_SIDE (handle), argument, status);
if (counter == SAFE_READ_ERROR || counter == 0)
{
_rmt_shutdown (handle, EIO);
return -1;
}
}
/* Check for byte position. mt_type (or mt_model) is a small integer
field (normally) so we will check its magnitude. If it is larger
than 256, we will assume that the bytes are swapped and go through
and reverse all the bytes. */
if (((struct mtget *) argument)->MTIO_CHECK_FIELD < 256)
return 0;
for (counter = 0; counter < status; counter += 2)
{
char copy = argument[counter];
argument[counter] = argument[counter + 1];
argument[counter + 1] = copy;
}
return 0;
}
#endif /* MTIOCGET */
}
}

78
contrib/cpio/lib/safe-read.c
View File

@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
/* An interface to read and write that retries after interrupts.
Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1998, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free
Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#ifdef SAFE_WRITE
# include "safe-write.h"
#else
# include "safe-read.h"
#endif
/* Get ssize_t. */
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include <errno.h>
#ifdef EINTR
# define IS_EINTR(x) ((x) == EINTR)
#else
# define IS_EINTR(x) 0
#endif
#include <limits.h>
#ifdef SAFE_WRITE
# define safe_rw safe_write
# define rw write
#else
# define safe_rw safe_read
# define rw read
# undef const
# define const /* empty */
#endif
/* Read(write) up to COUNT bytes at BUF from(to) descriptor FD, retrying if
interrupted. Return the actual number of bytes read(written), zero for EOF,
or SAFE_READ_ERROR(SAFE_WRITE_ERROR) upon error. */
size_t
safe_rw (int fd, void const *buf, size_t count)
{
/* Work around a bug in Tru64 5.1. Attempting to read more than
INT_MAX bytes fails with errno == EINVAL. See
<http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/bug-gnu-utils/2002-04/msg00010.html>.
When decreasing COUNT, keep it block-aligned. */
enum { BUGGY_READ_MAXIMUM = INT_MAX & ~8191 };
for (;;)
{
ssize_t result = rw (fd, buf, count);
if (0 <= result)
return result;
else if (IS_EINTR (errno))
continue;
else if (errno == EINVAL && BUGGY_READ_MAXIMUM < count)
count = BUGGY_READ_MAXIMUM;
else
return result;
}
}

35
contrib/cpio/lib/safe-read.h
View File

@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
/* An interface to read() that retries after interrupts.
Copyright (C) 2002, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#include <stddef.h>
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#define SAFE_READ_ERROR ((size_t) -1)
/* Read up to COUNT bytes at BUF from descriptor FD, retrying if interrupted.
Return the actual number of bytes read, zero for EOF, or SAFE_READ_ERROR
upon error. */
extern size_t safe_read (int fd, void *buf, size_t count);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

19
contrib/cpio/lib/safe-write.c
View File

@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
/* An interface to write that retries after interrupts.
Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#define SAFE_WRITE
#include "safe-read.c"

25
contrib/cpio/lib/safe-write.h
View File

@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
/* An interface to write() that retries after interrupts.
Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#include <stddef.h>
#define SAFE_WRITE_ERROR ((size_t) -1)
/* Write up to COUNT bytes at BUF to descriptor FD, retrying if interrupted.
Return the actual number of bytes written, zero for EOF, or SAFE_WRITE_ERROR
upon error. */
extern size_t safe_write (int fd, const void *buf, size_t count);

137
contrib/cpio/lib/savedir.c
View File

@ -1,137 +0,0 @@
/* savedir.c -- save the list of files in a directory in a string
Copyright (C) 1990, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005,
2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>. */
#include <config.h>
#include "savedir.h"
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <dirent.h>
#ifndef _D_EXACT_NAMLEN
# define _D_EXACT_NAMLEN(dp) strlen ((dp)->d_name)
#endif
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "openat.h"
#include "xalloc.h"
#ifndef NAME_SIZE_DEFAULT
# define NAME_SIZE_DEFAULT 512
#endif
/* The results of opendir() in this file are not used with dirfd and fchdir,
therefore save some unnecessary work in fchdir.c. */
#undef opendir
#undef closedir
/* Return a freshly allocated string containing the file names
in directory DIRP, separated by '\0' characters;
the end is marked by two '\0' characters in a row.
Return NULL (setting errno) if DIRP cannot be read or closed.
If DIRP is NULL, return NULL without affecting errno. */
static char *
savedirstream (DIR *dirp)
{
char *name_space;
size_t allocated = NAME_SIZE_DEFAULT;
size_t used = 0;
int save_errno;
if (dirp == NULL)
return NULL;
name_space = xmalloc (allocated);
for (;;)
{
struct dirent const *dp;
char const *entry;
errno = 0;
dp = readdir (dirp);
if (! dp)
break;
/* Skip "", ".", and "..". "" is returned by at least one buggy
implementation: Solaris 2.4 readdir on NFS file systems. */
entry = dp->d_name;
if (entry[entry[0] != '.' ? 0 : entry[1] != '.' ? 1 : 2] != '\0')
{
size_t entry_size = _D_EXACT_NAMLEN (dp) + 1;
if (used + entry_size < used)
xalloc_die ();
if (allocated <= used + entry_size)
{
do
{
if (2 * allocated < allocated)
xalloc_die ();
allocated *= 2;
}
while (allocated <= used + entry_size);
name_space = xrealloc (name_space, allocated);
}
memcpy (name_space + used, entry, entry_size);
used += entry_size;
}
}
name_space[used] = '\0';
save_errno = errno;
if (closedir (dirp) != 0)
save_errno = errno;
if (save_errno != 0)
{
free (name_space);
errno = save_errno;
return NULL;
}
return name_space;
}
/* Return a freshly allocated string containing the file names
in directory DIR, separated by '\0' characters;
the end is marked by two '\0' characters in a row.
Return NULL (setting errno) if DIR cannot be opened, read, or closed. */
char *
savedir (char const *dir)
{
return savedirstream (opendir (dir));
}
/* Return a freshly allocated string containing the file names
in directory FD, separated by '\0' characters;
the end is marked by two '\0' characters in a row.
Return NULL (setting errno) if FD cannot be read or closed. */
char *
fdsavedir (int fd)
{
return savedirstream (fdopendir (fd));
}

27
contrib/cpio/lib/savedir.h
View File

@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
/* Save the list of files in a directory in a string.
Copyright (C) 1997, 1999, 2001, 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>. */
#if !defined SAVEDIR_H_
# define SAVEDIR_H_
char *savedir (char const *dir);
char *fdsavedir (int fd);
#endif

32
contrib/cpio/lib/strchrnul.c
View File

@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
/* Searching in a string.
Copyright (C) 2003, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include <string.h>
/* Find the first occurrence of C in S or the final NUL byte. */
char *
strchrnul (const char *s, int c_in)
{
char c = c_in;
while (*s && (*s != c))
s++;
return (char *) s;
}

45
contrib/cpio/lib/stripslash.c
View File

@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
/* stripslash.c -- remove redundant trailing slashes from a file name
Copyright (C) 1990, 2001, 2003-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#include <config.h>
#include "dirname.h"
/* Remove trailing slashes from FILE. Return true if a trailing slash
was removed. This is useful when using file name completion from a
shell that adds a "/" after directory names (such as tcsh and
bash), because on symlinks to directories, several system calls
have different semantics according to whether a trailing slash is
present. */
bool
strip_trailing_slashes (char *file)
{
char *base = last_component (file);
char *base_lim;
bool had_slash;
/* last_component returns "" for file system roots, but we need to turn
`///' into `/'. */
if (! *base)
base = file;
base_lim = base + base_len (base);
had_slash = (*base_lim != '\0');
*base_lim = '\0';
return had_slash;
}

37
contrib/cpio/lib/strndup.c
View File

@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
/* A replacement function, for systems that lack strndup.
Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006, 2007
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#include <config.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
char *
strndup (char const *s, size_t n)
{
size_t len = strnlen (s, n);
char *new = malloc (len + 1);
if (new == NULL)
return NULL;
new[len] = '\0';
return memcpy (new, s, len);
}

31
contrib/cpio/lib/strnlen.c
View File

@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
/* Find the length of STRING, but scan at most MAXLEN characters.
Copyright (C) 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Simon Josefsson.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#include <config.h>
#include <string.h>
/* Find the length of STRING, but scan at most MAXLEN characters.
If no '\0' terminator is found in that many characters, return MAXLEN. */
size_t
strnlen (const char *string, size_t maxlen)
{
const char *end = memchr (string, '\0', maxlen);
return end ? (size_t) (end - string) : maxlen;
}

55
contrib/cpio/lib/system-ioctl.h
View File

@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
/* System dependent definitions for GNU tar's use of ioctl macros.
Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003,
2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
/* This is a real challenge to properly get MTIO* symbols :-(. ISC uses
<sys/gentape.h>. SCO and BSDi uses <sys/tape.h>; BSDi also requires
<sys/tprintf.h> and <sys/device.h> for defining tp_dev and tpr_t. It
seems that the rest use <sys/mtio.h>, which itself requires other files,
depending on systems. Pyramid defines _IOW in <sgtty.h>, for example. */
#if HAVE_SYS_GENTAPE_H
# include <sys/gentape.h>
#else
# if HAVE_SYS_TAPE_H
# if HAVE_SYS_DEVICE_H
# include <sys/device.h>
# endif
# if HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
# include <sys/param.h>
# endif
# if HAVE_SYS_BUF_H
# include <sys/buf.h>
# endif
# if HAVE_SYS_TPRINTF_H
# include <sys/tprintf.h>
# endif
# include <sys/tape.h>
# else
# if HAVE_SYS_MTIO_H
# include <sys/ioctl.h>
# if HAVE_SGTTY_H
# include <sgtty.h>
# endif
# if HAVE_SYS_IO_TRIOCTL_H
# include <sys/io/trioctl.h>
# endif
# include <sys/mtio.h>
# endif
# endif
#endif

475
contrib/cpio/lib/system.h
View File

@ -1,475 +0,0 @@
/* System dependent definitions for GNU tar.
Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003,
2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <alloca.h>
#ifndef __attribute__
/* This feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later. */
# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5) || __STRICT_ANSI__
# define __attribute__(spec) /* empty */
# endif
#endif
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <ctype.h>
/* IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (C) is nonzero if the unsigned char C can safely be given
as an argument to <ctype.h> macros like `isspace'. */
#if STDC_HEADERS
# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
#else
# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) ((unsigned) (c) <= 0177)
#endif
#define ISDIGIT(c) ((unsigned) (c) - '0' <= 9)
#define ISODIGIT(c) ((unsigned) (c) - '0' <= 7)
#define ISPRINT(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isprint (c))
#define ISSPACE(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isspace (c))
/* Declare string and memory handling routines. Take care that an ANSI
string.h and pre-ANSI memory.h might conflict, and that memory.h and
strings.h conflict on some systems. */
#if STDC_HEADERS || HAVE_STRING_H
# include <string.h>
# if !STDC_HEADERS && HAVE_MEMORY_H
# include <memory.h>
# endif
#else
# include <strings.h>
# ifndef strchr
# define strchr index
# endif
# ifndef strrchr
# define strrchr rindex
# endif
# ifndef memcpy
# define memcpy(d, s, n) bcopy ((char const *) (s), (char *) (d), n)
# endif
# ifndef memcmp
# define memcmp(a, b, n) bcmp ((char const *) (a), (char const *) (b), n)
# endif
#endif
/* Declare errno. */
#include <errno.h>
#ifndef errno
extern int errno;
#endif
/* Declare open parameters. */
#if HAVE_FCNTL_H
# include <fcntl.h>
#else
# include <sys/file.h>
#endif
/* Pick only one of the next three: */
#ifndef O_RDONLY
# define O_RDONLY 0 /* only allow read */
#endif
#ifndef O_WRONLY
# define O_WRONLY 1 /* only allow write */
#endif
#ifndef O_RDWR
# define O_RDWR 2 /* both are allowed */
#endif
#ifndef O_ACCMODE
# define O_ACCMODE (O_RDONLY | O_RDWR | O_WRONLY)
#endif
/* The rest can be OR-ed in to the above: */
#ifndef O_CREAT
# define O_CREAT 8 /* create file if needed */
#endif
#ifndef O_EXCL
# define O_EXCL 16 /* file cannot already exist */
#endif
#ifndef O_TRUNC
# define O_TRUNC 32 /* truncate file on open */
#endif
#ifndef O_BINARY
# define O_BINARY 0
#endif
#ifndef O_DIRECTORY
# define O_DIRECTORY 0
#endif
#ifndef O_NOATIME
# define O_NOATIME 0
#endif
#ifndef O_NONBLOCK
# define O_NONBLOCK 0
#endif
/* Declare file status routines and bits. */
#include <sys/stat.h>
#if !HAVE_LSTAT && !defined lstat
# define lstat stat
#endif
#if STX_HIDDEN && !_LARGE_FILES /* AIX */
# ifdef stat
# undef stat
# endif
# define stat(file_name, buf) statx (file_name, buf, STATSIZE, STX_HIDDEN)
# ifdef lstat
# undef lstat
# endif
# define lstat(file_name, buf) statx (file_name, buf, STATSIZE, STX_HIDDEN | STX_LINK)
#endif
#if STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
# undef S_ISBLK
# undef S_ISCHR
# undef S_ISCTG
# undef S_ISDIR
# undef S_ISFIFO
# undef S_ISLNK
# undef S_ISREG
# undef S_ISSOCK
#endif
/* On MSDOS, there are missing things from <sys/stat.h>. */
#if MSDOS
# define S_ISUID 0
# define S_ISGID 0
# define S_ISVTX 0
#endif
#ifndef S_ISDIR
# define S_ISDIR(mode) (((mode) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
#endif
#ifndef S_ISREG
# define S_ISREG(mode) (((mode) & S_IFMT) == S_IFREG)
#endif
#ifndef S_ISBLK
# ifdef S_IFBLK
# define S_ISBLK(mode) (((mode) & S_IFMT) == S_IFBLK)
# else
# define S_ISBLK(mode) 0
# endif
#endif
#ifndef S_ISCHR
# ifdef S_IFCHR
# define S_ISCHR(mode) (((mode) & S_IFMT) == S_IFCHR)
# else
# define S_ISCHR(mode) 0
# endif
#endif
#ifndef S_ISCTG
# ifdef S_IFCTG
# define S_ISCTG(mode) (((mode) & S_IFMT) == S_IFCTG)
# else
# define S_ISCTG(mode) 0
# endif
#endif
#ifndef S_ISDOOR
# define S_ISDOOR(mode) 0
#endif
#ifndef S_ISFIFO
# ifdef S_IFIFO
# define S_ISFIFO(mode) (((mode) & S_IFMT) == S_IFIFO)
# else
# define S_ISFIFO(mode) 0
# endif
#endif
#ifndef S_ISLNK
# ifdef S_IFLNK
# define S_ISLNK(mode) (((mode) & S_IFMT) == S_IFLNK)
# else
# define S_ISLNK(mode) 0
# endif
#endif
#ifndef S_ISSOCK
# ifdef S_IFSOCK
# define S_ISSOCK(mode) (((mode) & S_IFMT) == S_IFSOCK)
# else
# define S_ISSOCK(mode) 0
# endif
#endif
#if !HAVE_MKFIFO && !defined mkfifo && defined S_IFIFO
# define mkfifo(file_name, mode) (mknod (file_name, (mode) | S_IFIFO, 0))
#endif
#ifndef S_ISUID
# define S_ISUID 0004000
#endif
#ifndef S_ISGID
# define S_ISGID 0002000
#endif
#ifndef S_ISVTX
# define S_ISVTX 0001000
#endif
#ifndef S_IRUSR
# define S_IRUSR 0000400
#endif
#ifndef S_IWUSR
# define S_IWUSR 0000200
#endif
#ifndef S_IXUSR
# define S_IXUSR 0000100
#endif
#ifndef S_IRGRP
# define S_IRGRP 0000040
#endif
#ifndef S_IWGRP
# define S_IWGRP 0000020
#endif
#ifndef S_IXGRP
# define S_IXGRP 0000010
#endif
#ifndef S_IROTH
# define S_IROTH 0000004
#endif
#ifndef S_IWOTH
# define S_IWOTH 0000002
#endif
#ifndef S_IXOTH
# define S_IXOTH 0000001
#endif
#define MODE_WXUSR (S_IWUSR | S_IXUSR)
#define MODE_R (S_IRUSR | S_IRGRP | S_IROTH)
#define MODE_RW (S_IWUSR | S_IWGRP | S_IWOTH | MODE_R)
#define MODE_RWX (S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH | MODE_RW)
#define MODE_ALL (S_ISUID | S_ISGID | S_ISVTX | MODE_RWX)
/* Include <unistd.h> before any preprocessor test of _POSIX_VERSION. */
#include <unistd.h>
#ifndef SEEK_SET
# define SEEK_SET 0
#endif
#ifndef SEEK_CUR
# define SEEK_CUR 1
#endif
#ifndef SEEK_END
# define SEEK_END 2
#endif
#ifndef STDIN_FILENO
# define STDIN_FILENO 0
#endif
#ifndef STDOUT_FILENO
# define STDOUT_FILENO 1
#endif
#ifndef STDERR_FILENO
# define STDERR_FILENO 2
#endif
/* Declare make device, major and minor. Since major is a function on
SVR4, we have to resort to GOT_MAJOR instead of just testing if
major is #define'd. */
#if MAJOR_IN_MKDEV
# include <sys/mkdev.h>
# if !defined(makedev) && defined(mkdev)
# define makedev(a,b) mkdev((a),(b))
# endif
# define GOT_MAJOR
#endif
#if MAJOR_IN_SYSMACROS
# include <sys/sysmacros.h>
# define GOT_MAJOR
#endif
/* Some <sys/types.h> defines the macros. */
#ifdef major
# define GOT_MAJOR
#endif
#ifndef GOT_MAJOR
# if MSDOS
# define major(device) (device)
# define minor(device) (device)
# define makedev(major, minor) (((major) << 8) | (minor))
# define GOT_MAJOR
# endif
#endif
/* For HP-UX before HP-UX 8, major/minor are not in <sys/sysmacros.h>. */
#ifndef GOT_MAJOR
# if defined(hpux) || defined(__hpux__) || defined(__hpux)
# include <sys/mknod.h>
# define GOT_MAJOR
# endif
#endif
#ifndef GOT_MAJOR
# define major(device) (((device) >> 8) & 0xff)
# define minor(device) ((device) & 0xff)
# define makedev(major, minor) (((major) << 8) | (minor))
#endif
#undef GOT_MAJOR
/* Declare wait status. */
#if HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H
# include <sys/wait.h>
#endif
#ifndef WEXITSTATUS
# define WEXITSTATUS(s) (((s) >> 8) & 0xff)
#endif
#ifndef WIFSIGNALED
# define WIFSIGNALED(s) (((s) & 0xffff) - 1 < (unsigned) 0xff)
#endif
#ifndef WTERMSIG
# define WTERMSIG(s) ((s) & 0x7f)
#endif
/* FIXME: It is wrong to use BLOCKSIZE for buffers when the logical block
size is greater than 512 bytes; so ST_BLKSIZE code below, in preparation
for some cleanup in this area, later. */
/* Extract or fake data from a `struct stat'. ST_BLKSIZE gives the
optimal I/O blocksize for the file, in bytes. Some systems, like
Sequents, return st_blksize of 0 on pipes. */
#define DEFAULT_ST_BLKSIZE 512
#if !HAVE_ST_BLKSIZE
# define ST_BLKSIZE(statbuf) DEFAULT_ST_BLKSIZE
#else
# define ST_BLKSIZE(statbuf) \
((statbuf).st_blksize > 0 ? (statbuf).st_blksize : DEFAULT_ST_BLKSIZE)
#endif
/* Extract or fake data from a `struct stat'. ST_NBLOCKS gives the
number of ST_NBLOCKSIZE-byte blocks in the file (including indirect blocks).
HP-UX counts st_blocks in 1024-byte units,
this loses when mixing HP-UX and BSD filesystems with NFS. AIX PS/2
counts st_blocks in 4K units. */
#if !HAVE_ST_BLOCKS
# if defined(_POSIX_SOURCE) || !defined(BSIZE)
# define ST_NBLOCKS(statbuf) ((statbuf).st_size / ST_NBLOCKSIZE + ((statbuf).st_size % ST_NBLOCKSIZE != 0))
# else
off_t st_blocks ();
# define ST_NBLOCKS(statbuf) (st_blocks ((statbuf).st_size))
# endif
#else
# define ST_NBLOCKS(statbuf) ((statbuf).st_blocks)
# if defined(hpux) || defined(__hpux__) || defined(__hpux)
# define ST_NBLOCKSIZE 1024
# else
# if defined(_AIX) && defined(_I386)
# define ST_NBLOCKSIZE (4 * 1024)
# endif
# endif
#endif
#ifndef ST_NBLOCKSIZE
# define ST_NBLOCKSIZE 512
#endif
#define ST_IS_SPARSE(st) \
(ST_NBLOCKS (st) \
< ((st).st_size / ST_NBLOCKSIZE + ((st).st_size % ST_NBLOCKSIZE != 0)))
/* Declare standard functions. */
#if STDC_HEADERS
# include <stdlib.h>
#else
void *malloc ();
char *getenv ();
#endif
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#if !defined _POSIX_VERSION && MSDOS
# include <io.h>
#endif
#if WITH_DMALLOC
# define DMALLOC_FUNC_CHECK
# include <dmalloc.h>
#endif
#include <limits.h>
#ifndef MB_LEN_MAX
# define MB_LEN_MAX 1
#endif
#include <inttypes.h>
#include <intprops.h>
#define UINTMAX_STRSIZE_BOUND INT_BUFSIZE_BOUND (uintmax_t)
/* Prototypes for external functions. */
#if HAVE_LOCALE_H
# include <locale.h>
#endif
#if !HAVE_SETLOCALE
# define setlocale(category, locale) /* empty */
#endif
#include <time.h>
#ifdef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
# include <sys/time.h>
#endif
/* Library modules. */
#include <dirname.h>
#include <error.h>
#include <savedir.h>
#include <unlocked-io.h>
#include <xalloc.h>
#include <gettext.h>
#define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
#define N_(msgid) msgid
#if MSDOS
# include <process.h>
# define SET_BINARY_MODE(arc) setmode(arc, O_BINARY)
# define ERRNO_IS_EACCES errno == EACCES
# define mkdir(file, mode) (mkdir) (file)
# define TTY_NAME "con"
# define sys_reset_uid_gid()
#else
# include <pwd.h>
# include <grp.h>
# define SET_BINARY_MODE(arc)
# define ERRNO_IS_EACCES 0
# define TTY_NAME "/dev/tty"
# define sys_reset_uid_gid() \
do { setuid (getuid ()); setgid (getgid ()); } while (0)
#endif
#if XENIX
# include <sys/inode.h>
#endif

3
contrib/cpio/lib/umaxtostr.c
View File

@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
#define inttostr umaxtostr
#define inttype uintmax_t
#include "inttostr.c"

137
contrib/cpio/lib/unlocked-io.h
View File

@ -1,137 +0,0 @@
/* Prefer faster, non-thread-safe stdio functions if available.
Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
/* Written by Jim Meyering. */
#ifndef UNLOCKED_IO_H
# define UNLOCKED_IO_H 1
/* These are wrappers for functions/macros from the GNU C library, and
from other C libraries supporting POSIX's optional thread-safe functions.
The standard I/O functions are thread-safe. These *_unlocked ones are
more efficient but not thread-safe. That they're not thread-safe is
fine since all of the applications in this package are single threaded.
Also, some code that is shared with the GNU C library may invoke
the *_unlocked functions directly. On hosts that lack those
functions, invoke the non-thread-safe versions instead. */
# include <stdio.h>
# if HAVE_DECL_CLEARERR_UNLOCKED
# undef clearerr
# define clearerr(x) clearerr_unlocked (x)
# else
# define clearerr_unlocked(x) clearerr (x)
# endif
# if HAVE_DECL_FEOF_UNLOCKED
# undef feof
# define feof(x) feof_unlocked (x)
# else
# define feof_unlocked(x) feof (x)
# endif
# if HAVE_DECL_FERROR_UNLOCKED
# undef ferror
# define ferror(x) ferror_unlocked (x)
# else
# define ferror_unlocked(x) ferror (x)
# endif
# if HAVE_DECL_FFLUSH_UNLOCKED
# undef fflush
# define fflush(x) fflush_unlocked (x)
# else
# define fflush_unlocked(x) fflush (x)
# endif
# if HAVE_DECL_FGETS_UNLOCKED
# undef fgets
# define fgets(x,y,z) fgets_unlocked (x,y,z)
# else
# define fgets_unlocked(x,y,z) fgets (x,y,z)
# endif
# if HAVE_DECL_FPUTC_UNLOCKED
# undef fputc
# define fputc(x,y) fputc_unlocked (x,y)
# else
# define fputc_unlocked(x,y) fputc (x,y)
# endif
# if HAVE_DECL_FPUTS_UNLOCKED
# undef fputs
# define fputs(x,y) fputs_unlocked (x,y)
# else
# define fputs_unlocked(x,y) fputs (x,y)
# endif
# if HAVE_DECL_FREAD_UNLOCKED
# undef fread
# define fread(w,x,y,z) fread_unlocked (w,x,y,z)
# else
# define fread_unlocked(w,x,y,z) fread (w,x,y,z)
# endif
# if HAVE_DECL_FWRITE_UNLOCKED
# undef fwrite
# define fwrite(w,x,y,z) fwrite_unlocked (w,x,y,z)
# else
# define fwrite_unlocked(w,x,y,z) fwrite (w,x,y,z)
# endif
# if HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED
# undef getc
# define getc(x) getc_unlocked (x)
# else
# define getc_unlocked(x) getc (x)
# endif
# if HAVE_DECL_GETCHAR_UNLOCKED
# undef getchar
# define getchar() getchar_unlocked ()
# else
# define getchar_unlocked() getchar ()
# endif
# if HAVE_DECL_PUTC_UNLOCKED
# undef putc
# define putc(x,y) putc_unlocked (x,y)
# else
# define putc_unlocked(x,y) putc (x,y)
# endif
# if HAVE_DECL_PUTCHAR_UNLOCKED
# undef putchar
# define putchar(x) putchar_unlocked (x)
# else
# define putchar_unlocked(x) putchar (x)
# endif
# undef flockfile
# define flockfile(x) ((void) 0)
# undef ftrylockfile
# define ftrylockfile(x) 0
# undef funlockfile
# define funlockfile(x) ((void) 0)
#endif /* UNLOCKED_IO_H */

189
contrib/cpio/lib/utimens.c
View File

@ -1,189 +0,0 @@
/* Set file access and modification times.
Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
/* Written by Paul Eggert. */
/* derived from a function in touch.c */
#include <config.h>
#include "utimens.h"
#include <errno.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <sys/time.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#if HAVE_UTIME_H
# include <utime.h>
#endif
/* Some systems (even some that do have <utime.h>) don't declare this
structure anywhere. */
#ifndef HAVE_STRUCT_UTIMBUF
struct utimbuf
{
long actime;
long modtime;
};
#endif
/* Some systems don't have ENOSYS. */
#ifndef ENOSYS
# ifdef ENOTSUP
# define ENOSYS ENOTSUP
# else
/* Some systems don't have ENOTSUP either. */
# define ENOSYS EINVAL
# endif
#endif
#ifndef __attribute__
# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 8) || __STRICT_ANSI__
# define __attribute__(x)
# endif
#endif
#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
# define ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED __attribute__ ((__unused__))
#endif
/* Set the access and modification time stamps of FD (a.k.a. FILE) to be
TIMESPEC[0] and TIMESPEC[1], respectively.
FD must be either negative -- in which case it is ignored --
or a file descriptor that is open on FILE.
If FD is nonnegative, then FILE can be NULL, which means
use just futimes (or equivalent) instead of utimes (or equivalent),
and fail if on an old system without futimes (or equivalent).
If TIMESPEC is null, set the time stamps to the current time.
Return 0 on success, -1 (setting errno) on failure. */
int
gl_futimens (int fd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
char const *file, struct timespec const timespec[2])
{
/* Some Linux-based NFS clients are buggy, and mishandle time stamps
of files in NFS file systems in some cases. We have no
configure-time test for this, but please see
<http://bugs.gentoo.org/show_bug.cgi?id=132673> for references to
some of the problems with Linux 2.6.16. If this affects you,
compile with -DHAVE_BUGGY_NFS_TIME_STAMPS; this is reported to
help in some cases, albeit at a cost in performance. But you
really should upgrade your kernel to a fixed version, since the
problem affects many applications. */
#if HAVE_BUGGY_NFS_TIME_STAMPS
if (fd < 0)
sync ();
else
fsync (fd);
#endif
/* There's currently no interface to set file timestamps with
nanosecond resolution, so do the best we can, discarding any
fractional part of the timestamp. */
#if HAVE_FUTIMESAT || HAVE_WORKING_UTIMES
struct timeval timeval[2];
struct timeval const *t;
if (timespec)
{
timeval[0].tv_sec = timespec[0].tv_sec;
timeval[0].tv_usec = timespec[0].tv_nsec / 1000;
timeval[1].tv_sec = timespec[1].tv_sec;
timeval[1].tv_usec = timespec[1].tv_nsec / 1000;
t = timeval;
}
else
t = NULL;
if (fd < 0)
{
# if HAVE_FUTIMESAT
return futimesat (AT_FDCWD, file, t);
# endif
}
else
{
/* If futimesat or futimes fails here, don't try to speed things
up by returning right away. glibc can incorrectly fail with
errno == ENOENT if /proc isn't mounted. Also, Mandrake 10.0
in high security mode doesn't allow ordinary users to read
/proc/self, so glibc incorrectly fails with errno == EACCES.
If errno == EIO, EPERM, or EROFS, it's probably safe to fail
right away, but these cases are rare enough that they're not
worth optimizing, and who knows what other messed-up systems
are out there? So play it safe and fall back on the code
below. */
# if HAVE_FUTIMESAT
if (futimesat (fd, NULL, t) == 0)
return 0;
# elif HAVE_FUTIMES
if (futimes (fd, t) == 0)
return 0;
# endif
}
#endif
if (!file)
{
#if ! (HAVE_FUTIMESAT || (HAVE_WORKING_UTIMES && HAVE_FUTIMES))
errno = ENOSYS;
#endif
/* Prefer EBADF to ENOSYS if both error numbers apply. */
if (errno == ENOSYS)
{
int fd2 = dup (fd);
int dup_errno = errno;
if (0 <= fd2)
close (fd2);
errno = (fd2 < 0 && dup_errno == EBADF ? EBADF : ENOSYS);
}
return -1;
}
#if HAVE_WORKING_UTIMES
return utimes (file, t);
#else
{
struct utimbuf utimbuf;
struct utimbuf const *ut;
if (timespec)
{
utimbuf.actime = timespec[0].tv_sec;
utimbuf.modtime = timespec[1].tv_sec;
ut = &utimbuf;
}
else
ut = NULL;
return utime (file, ut);
}
#endif
}
/* Set the access and modification time stamps of FILE to be
TIMESPEC[0] and TIMESPEC[1], respectively. */
int
utimens (char const *file, struct timespec const timespec[2])
{
return gl_futimens (-1, file, timespec);
}

3
contrib/cpio/lib/utimens.h
View File

@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
#include <time.h>
int gl_futimens (int, char const *, struct timespec const [2]);
int utimens (char const *, struct timespec const [2]);

42
contrib/cpio/lib/xalloc-die.c
View File

@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
/* Report a memory allocation failure and exit.
Copyright (C) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006 Free
Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#include <config.h>
#include "xalloc.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
#include "error.h"
#include "exitfail.h"
#include "gettext.h"
#define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
void
xalloc_die (void)
{
error (exit_failure, 0, "%s", _("memory exhausted"));
/* The `noreturn' cannot be given to error, since it may return if
its first argument is 0. To help compilers understand the
xalloc_die does not return, call abort. Also, the abort is a
safety feature if exit_failure is 0 (which shouldn't happen). */
abort ();
}

271
contrib/cpio/lib/xalloc.h
View File

@ -1,271 +0,0 @@
/* xalloc.h -- malloc with out-of-memory checking
Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998,
1999, 2000, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#ifndef XALLOC_H_
# define XALLOC_H_
# include <stddef.h>
# ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
# endif
# ifndef __attribute__
# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 8) || __STRICT_ANSI__
# define __attribute__(x)
# endif
# endif
# ifndef ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
# define ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN __attribute__ ((__noreturn__))
# endif
/* This function is always triggered when memory is exhausted.
It must be defined by the application, either explicitly
or by using gnulib's xalloc-die module. This is the
function to call when one wants the program to die because of a
memory allocation failure. */
extern void xalloc_die (void) ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN;
void *xmalloc (size_t s);
void *xzalloc (size_t s);
void *xcalloc (size_t n, size_t s);
void *xrealloc (void *p, size_t s);
void *x2realloc (void *p, size_t *pn);
void *xmemdup (void const *p, size_t s);
char *xstrdup (char const *str);
/* Return 1 if an array of N objects, each of size S, cannot exist due
to size arithmetic overflow. S must be positive and N must be
nonnegative. This is a macro, not an inline function, so that it
works correctly even when SIZE_MAX < N.
By gnulib convention, SIZE_MAX represents overflow in size
calculations, so the conservative dividend to use here is
SIZE_MAX - 1, since SIZE_MAX might represent an overflowed value.
However, malloc (SIZE_MAX) fails on all known hosts where
sizeof (ptrdiff_t) <= sizeof (size_t), so do not bother to test for
exactly-SIZE_MAX allocations on such hosts; this avoids a test and
branch when S is known to be 1. */
# define xalloc_oversized(n, s) \
((size_t) (sizeof (ptrdiff_t) <= sizeof (size_t) ? -1 : -2) / (s) < (n))
/* In the following macros, T must be an elementary or structure/union or
typedef'ed type, or a pointer to such a type. To apply one of the
following macros to a function pointer or array type, you need to typedef
it first and use the typedef name. */
/* Allocate an object of type T dynamically, with error checking. */
/* extern t *XMALLOC (typename t); */
# define XMALLOC(t) ((t *) xmalloc (sizeof (t)))
/* Allocate memory for N elements of type T, with error checking. */
/* extern t *XNMALLOC (size_t n, typename t); */
# define XNMALLOC(n, t) \
((t *) (sizeof (t) == 1 ? xmalloc (n) : xnmalloc (n, sizeof (t))))
/* Allocate an object of type T dynamically, with error checking,
and zero it. */
/* extern t *XZALLOC (typename t); */
# define XZALLOC(t) ((t *) xzalloc (sizeof (t)))
/* Allocate memory for N elements of type T, with error checking,
and zero it. */
/* extern t *XCALLOC (size_t n, typename t); */
# define XCALLOC(n, t) \
((t *) (sizeof (t) == 1 ? xzalloc (n) : xcalloc (n, sizeof (t))))
# if HAVE_INLINE
# define static_inline static inline
# else
void *xnmalloc (size_t n, size_t s);
void *xnrealloc (void *p, size_t n, size_t s);
void *x2nrealloc (void *p, size_t *pn, size_t s);
char *xcharalloc (size_t n);
# endif
# ifdef static_inline
/* Allocate an array of N objects, each with S bytes of memory,
dynamically, with error checking. S must be nonzero. */
static_inline void *
xnmalloc (size_t n, size_t s)
{
if (xalloc_oversized (n, s))
xalloc_die ();
return xmalloc (n * s);
}
/* Change the size of an allocated block of memory P to an array of N
objects each of S bytes, with error checking. S must be nonzero. */
static_inline void *
xnrealloc (void *p, size_t n, size_t s)
{
if (xalloc_oversized (n, s))
xalloc_die ();
return xrealloc (p, n * s);
}
/* If P is null, allocate a block of at least *PN such objects;
otherwise, reallocate P so that it contains more than *PN objects
each of S bytes. *PN must be nonzero unless P is null, and S must
be nonzero. Set *PN to the new number of objects, and return the
pointer to the new block. *PN is never set to zero, and the
returned pointer is never null.
Repeated reallocations are guaranteed to make progress, either by
allocating an initial block with a nonzero size, or by allocating a
larger block.
In the following implementation, nonzero sizes are increased by a
factor of approximately 1.5 so that repeated reallocations have
O(N) overall cost rather than O(N**2) cost, but the
specification for this function does not guarantee that rate.
Here is an example of use:
int *p = NULL;
size_t used = 0;
size_t allocated = 0;
void
append_int (int value)
{
if (used == allocated)
p = x2nrealloc (p, &allocated, sizeof *p);
p[used++] = value;
}
This causes x2nrealloc to allocate a block of some nonzero size the
first time it is called.
To have finer-grained control over the initial size, set *PN to a
nonzero value before calling this function with P == NULL. For
example:
int *p = NULL;
size_t used = 0;
size_t allocated = 0;
size_t allocated1 = 1000;
void
append_int (int value)
{
if (used == allocated)
{
p = x2nrealloc (p, &allocated1, sizeof *p);
allocated = allocated1;
}
p[used++] = value;
}
*/
static_inline void *
x2nrealloc (void *p, size_t *pn, size_t s)
{
size_t n = *pn;
if (! p)
{
if (! n)
{
/* The approximate size to use for initial small allocation
requests, when the invoking code specifies an old size of
zero. 64 bytes is the largest "small" request for the
GNU C library malloc. */
enum { DEFAULT_MXFAST = 64 };
n = DEFAULT_MXFAST / s;
n += !n;
}
}
else
{
/* Set N = ceil (1.5 * N) so that progress is made if N == 1.
Check for overflow, so that N * S stays in size_t range.
The check is slightly conservative, but an exact check isn't
worth the trouble. */
if ((size_t) -1 / 3 * 2 / s <= n)
xalloc_die ();
n += (n + 1) / 2;
}
*pn = n;
return xrealloc (p, n * s);
}
/* Return a pointer to a new buffer of N bytes. This is like xmalloc,
except it returns char *. */
static_inline char *
xcharalloc (size_t n)
{
return XNMALLOC (n, char);
}
# endif
# ifdef __cplusplus
}
/* C++ does not allow conversions from void * to other pointer types
without a cast. Use templates to work around the problem when
possible. */
template <typename T> inline T *
xrealloc (T *p, size_t s)
{
return (T *) xrealloc ((void *) p, s);
}
template <typename T> inline T *
xnrealloc (T *p, size_t n, size_t s)
{
return (T *) xnrealloc ((void *) p, n, s);
}
template <typename T> inline T *
x2realloc (T *p, size_t *pn)
{
return (T *) x2realloc ((void *) p, pn);
}
template <typename T> inline T *
x2nrealloc (T *p, size_t *pn, size_t s)
{
return (T *) x2nrealloc ((void *) p, pn, s);
}
template <typename T> inline T *
xmemdup (T const *p, size_t s)
{
return (T *) xmemdup ((void const *) p, s);
}
# endif
#endif /* !XALLOC_H_ */

123
contrib/cpio/lib/xmalloc.c
View File

@ -1,123 +0,0 @@
/* xmalloc.c -- malloc with out of memory checking
Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998,
1999, 2000, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation,
Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#include <config.h>
#if ! HAVE_INLINE
# define static_inline
#endif
#include "xalloc.h"
#undef static_inline
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#ifndef SIZE_MAX
# define SIZE_MAX ((size_t) -1)
#endif
/* 1 if calloc is known to be compatible with GNU calloc. This
matters if we are not also using the calloc module, which defines
HAVE_CALLOC and supports the GNU API even on non-GNU platforms. */
#if defined HAVE_CALLOC || defined __GLIBC__
enum { HAVE_GNU_CALLOC = 1 };
#else
enum { HAVE_GNU_CALLOC = 0 };
#endif
/* Allocate N bytes of memory dynamically, with error checking. */
void *
xmalloc (size_t n)
{
void *p = malloc (n);
if (!p && n != 0)
xalloc_die ();
return p;
}
/* Change the size of an allocated block of memory P to N bytes,
with error checking. */
void *
xrealloc (void *p, size_t n)
{
p = realloc (p, n);
if (!p && n != 0)
xalloc_die ();
return p;
}
/* If P is null, allocate a block of at least *PN bytes; otherwise,
reallocate P so that it contains more than *PN bytes. *PN must be
nonzero unless P is null. Set *PN to the new block's size, and
return the pointer to the new block. *PN is never set to zero, and
the returned pointer is never null. */
void *
x2realloc (void *p, size_t *pn)
{
return x2nrealloc (p, pn, 1);
}
/* Allocate S bytes of zeroed memory dynamically, with error checking.
There's no need for xnzalloc (N, S), since it would be equivalent
to xcalloc (N, S). */
void *
xzalloc (size_t s)
{
return memset (xmalloc (s), 0, s);
}
/* Allocate zeroed memory for N elements of S bytes, with error
checking. S must be nonzero. */
void *
xcalloc (size_t n, size_t s)
{
void *p;
/* Test for overflow, since some calloc implementations don't have
proper overflow checks. But omit overflow and size-zero tests if
HAVE_GNU_CALLOC, since GNU calloc catches overflow and never
returns NULL if successful. */
if ((! HAVE_GNU_CALLOC && xalloc_oversized (n, s))
|| (! (p = calloc (n, s)) && (HAVE_GNU_CALLOC || n != 0)))
xalloc_die ();
return p;
}
/* Clone an object P of size S, with error checking. There's no need
for xnmemdup (P, N, S), since xmemdup (P, N * S) works without any
need for an arithmetic overflow check. */
void *
xmemdup (void const *p, size_t s)
{
return memcpy (xmalloc (s), p, s);
}
/* Clone STRING. */
char *
xstrdup (char const *string)
{
return xmemdup (string, strlen (string) + 1);
}

37
contrib/cpio/lib/xstrndup.c
View File

@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
/* Duplicate a bounded initial segment of a string, with out-of-memory
checking.
Copyright (C) 2003, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include "xstrndup.h"
#include <string.h>
#include "xalloc.h"
/* Return a newly allocated copy of at most N bytes of STRING.
In other words, return a copy of the initial segment of length N of
STRING. */
char *
xstrndup (const char *string, size_t n)
{
char *s = strndup (string, n);
if (! s)
xalloc_die ();
return s;
}

24
contrib/cpio/lib/xstrndup.h
View File

@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
/* Duplicate a bounded initial segment of a string, with out-of-memory
checking.
Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#include <stddef.h>
/* Return a newly allocated copy of at most N bytes of STRING.
In other words, return a copy of the initial segment of length N of
STRING. */
extern char *xstrndup (const char *string, size_t n);

1644
contrib/cpio/src/copyin.c
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1010
contrib/cpio/src/copyout.c
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

443
contrib/cpio/src/copypass.c
View File

@ -1,443 +0,0 @@
/* $FreeBSD$ */
/* copypass.c - cpio copy pass sub-function.
Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 2001, 2003, 2004,
2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */
#include <system.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include "filetypes.h"
#include "cpiohdr.h"
#include "dstring.h"
#include "extern.h"
#include "paxlib.h"
#ifndef HAVE_LCHOWN
# define lchown chown
#endif
/* A wrapper around set_perms using another set of arguments */
static void
set_copypass_perms (int fd, const char *name, struct stat *st)
{
struct cpio_file_stat header;
header.c_name = name;
stat_to_cpio (&header, st);
set_perms (fd, &header);
}
/* Copy files listed on the standard input into directory `directory_name'.
If `link_flag', link instead of copying. */
void
process_copy_pass ()
{
dynamic_string input_name; /* Name of file from stdin. */
dynamic_string output_name; /* Name of new file. */
int dirname_len; /* Length of `directory_name'. */
int res; /* Result of functions. */
char *slash; /* For moving past slashes in input name. */
struct stat in_file_stat; /* Stat record for input file. */
struct stat out_file_stat; /* Stat record for output file. */
int in_file_des; /* Input file descriptor. */
int out_file_des; /* Output file descriptor. */
int existing_dir; /* True if file is a dir & already exists. */
#ifdef HPUX_CDF
int cdf_flag;
int cdf_char;
#endif
umask (0); /* Reset umask to preserve modes of
created files */
/* Initialize the copy pass. */
dirname_len = strlen (directory_name);
ds_init (&input_name, 128);
ds_init (&output_name, dirname_len + 2);
strcpy (output_name.ds_string, directory_name);
output_name.ds_string[dirname_len] = '/';
output_is_seekable = true;
/* Copy files with names read from stdin. */
while (ds_fgetstr (stdin, &input_name, name_end) != NULL)
{
int link_res = -1;
/* Check for blank line and ignore it if found. */
if (input_name.ds_string[0] == '\0')
{
error (0, 0, _("blank line ignored"));
continue;
}
/* Check for current directory and ignore it if found. */
if (input_name.ds_string[0] == '.'
&& (input_name.ds_string[1] == '\0'
|| (input_name.ds_string[1] == '/'
&& input_name.ds_string[2] == '\0')))
continue;
if ((*xstat) (input_name.ds_string, &in_file_stat) < 0)
{
stat_error (input_name.ds_string);
continue;
}
/* Make the name of the new file. */
for (slash = input_name.ds_string; *slash == '/'; ++slash)
;
#ifdef HPUX_CDF
/* For CDF's we add a 2nd `/' after all "hidden" directories.
This kind of a kludge, but it's what we do when creating
archives, and it's easier to do this than to separately
keep track of which directories in a path are "hidden". */
slash = add_cdf_double_slashes (slash);
#endif
ds_resize (&output_name, dirname_len + strlen (slash) + 2);
strcpy (output_name.ds_string + dirname_len + 1, slash);
existing_dir = false;
if (lstat (output_name.ds_string, &out_file_stat) == 0)
{
if (S_ISDIR (out_file_stat.st_mode)
&& S_ISDIR (in_file_stat.st_mode))
{
/* If there is already a directory there that
we are trying to create, don't complain about it. */
existing_dir = true;
}
else if (!unconditional_flag
&& in_file_stat.st_mtime <= out_file_stat.st_mtime)
{
error (0, 0, _("%s not created: newer or same age version exists"),
output_name.ds_string);
continue; /* Go to the next file. */
}
else if (S_ISDIR (out_file_stat.st_mode)
? rmdir (output_name.ds_string)
: unlink (output_name.ds_string))
{
error (0, errno, _("cannot remove current %s"),
output_name.ds_string);
continue; /* Go to the next file. */
}
}
/* Do the real copy or link. */
if (S_ISREG (in_file_stat.st_mode))
{
/* Can the current file be linked to a another file?
Set link_name to the original file name. */
if (link_flag)
/* User said to link it if possible. Try and link to
the original copy. If that fails we'll still try
and link to a copy we've already made. */
link_res = link_to_name (output_name.ds_string,
input_name.ds_string);
if ( (link_res < 0) && (in_file_stat.st_nlink > 1) )
link_res = link_to_maj_min_ino (output_name.ds_string,
major (in_file_stat.st_dev),
minor (in_file_stat.st_dev),
in_file_stat.st_ino);
/* If the file was not linked, copy contents of file. */
if (link_res < 0)
{
in_file_des = open (input_name.ds_string,
O_RDONLY | O_BINARY, 0);
if (in_file_des < 0)
{
open_error (input_name.ds_string);
continue;
}
out_file_des = open (output_name.ds_string,
O_CREAT | O_WRONLY | O_BINARY, 0600);
if (out_file_des < 0 && create_dir_flag)
{
create_all_directories (output_name.ds_string);
out_file_des = open (output_name.ds_string,
O_CREAT | O_WRONLY | O_BINARY, 0600);
}
if (out_file_des < 0)
{
open_error (output_name.ds_string);
close (in_file_des);
continue;
}
copy_files_disk_to_disk (in_file_des, out_file_des, in_file_stat.st_size, input_name.ds_string);
disk_empty_output_buffer (out_file_des);
/* Debian hack to fix a bug in the --sparse option.
This bug has been reported to
"bug-gnu-utils@prep.ai.mit.edu". (96/7/10) -BEM */
if (delayed_seek_count > 0)
{
lseek (out_file_des, delayed_seek_count-1, SEEK_CUR);
write (out_file_des, "", 1);
delayed_seek_count = 0;
}
set_copypass_perms (out_file_des,
output_name.ds_string, &in_file_stat);
if (reset_time_flag)
{
set_file_times (in_file_des,
input_name.ds_string,
in_file_stat.st_atime,
in_file_stat.st_mtime);
set_file_times (out_file_des,
output_name.ds_string,
in_file_stat.st_atime,
in_file_stat.st_mtime);
}
if (close (in_file_des) < 0)
close_error (input_name.ds_string);
if (close (out_file_des) < 0)
close_error (output_name.ds_string);
warn_if_file_changed(input_name.ds_string, in_file_stat.st_size,
in_file_stat.st_mtime);
}
}
else if (S_ISDIR (in_file_stat.st_mode))
{
#ifdef HPUX_CDF
cdf_flag = 0;
#endif
if (!existing_dir)
{
#ifdef HPUX_CDF
/* If the directory name ends in a + and is SUID,
then it is a CDF. Strip the trailing + from the name
before creating it. */
cdf_char = strlen (output_name.ds_string) - 1;
if ( (cdf_char > 0) &&
(in_file_stat.st_mode & 04000) &&
(output_name.ds_string [cdf_char] == '+') )
{
output_name.ds_string [cdf_char] = '\0';
cdf_flag = 1;
}
#endif
res = mkdir (output_name.ds_string, in_file_stat.st_mode);
}
else
res = 0;
if (res < 0 && create_dir_flag)
{
create_all_directories (output_name.ds_string);
res = mkdir (output_name.ds_string, in_file_stat.st_mode);
}
if (res < 0)
{
/* In some odd cases where the output_name includes `.',
the directory may have actually been created by
create_all_directories(), so the mkdir will fail
because the directory exists. If that's the case,
don't complain about it. */
if ( (errno != EEXIST) ||
(lstat (output_name.ds_string, &out_file_stat) != 0) ||
!(S_ISDIR (out_file_stat.st_mode) ) )
{
stat_error (output_name.ds_string);
continue;
}
}
set_copypass_perms (-1, output_name.ds_string, &in_file_stat);
}
else if (S_ISCHR (in_file_stat.st_mode) ||
S_ISBLK (in_file_stat.st_mode) ||
#ifdef S_ISFIFO
S_ISFIFO (in_file_stat.st_mode) ||
#endif
#ifdef S_ISSOCK
S_ISSOCK (in_file_stat.st_mode) ||
#endif
0)
{
/* Can the current file be linked to a another file?
Set link_name to the original file name. */
if (link_flag)
/* User said to link it if possible. */
link_res = link_to_name (output_name.ds_string,
input_name.ds_string);
if ( (link_res < 0) && (in_file_stat.st_nlink > 1) )
link_res = link_to_maj_min_ino (output_name.ds_string,
major (in_file_stat.st_dev),
minor (in_file_stat.st_dev),
in_file_stat.st_ino);
if (link_res < 0)
{
#ifdef S_ISFIFO
if (S_ISFIFO (in_file_stat.st_mode))
res = mkfifo (output_name.ds_string, in_file_stat.st_mode);
else
#endif
res = mknod (output_name.ds_string, in_file_stat.st_mode,
in_file_stat.st_rdev);
if (res < 0 && create_dir_flag)
{
create_all_directories (output_name.ds_string);
#ifdef S_ISFIFO
if (S_ISFIFO (in_file_stat.st_mode))
res = mkfifo (output_name.ds_string, in_file_stat.st_mode);
else
#endif
res = mknod (output_name.ds_string, in_file_stat.st_mode,
in_file_stat.st_rdev);
}
if (res < 0)
{
mknod_error (output_name.ds_string);
continue;
}
set_copypass_perms (-1, output_name.ds_string, &in_file_stat);
}
}
#ifdef S_ISLNK
else if (S_ISLNK (in_file_stat.st_mode))
{
char *link_name;
int link_size;
link_name = (char *) xmalloc ((unsigned int) in_file_stat.st_size + 1);
link_size = readlink (input_name.ds_string, link_name,
in_file_stat.st_size);
if (link_size < 0)
{
readlink_error (input_name.ds_string);
free (link_name);
continue;
}
link_name[link_size] = '\0';
res = UMASKED_SYMLINK (link_name, output_name.ds_string,
in_file_stat.st_mode);
if (res < 0 && create_dir_flag)
{
create_all_directories (output_name.ds_string);
res = UMASKED_SYMLINK (link_name, output_name.ds_string,
in_file_stat.st_mode);
}
if (res < 0)
{
symlink_error (output_name.ds_string, link_name);
free (link_name);
continue;
}
/* Set the attributes of the new link. */
if (!no_chown_flag)
{
uid_t uid = set_owner_flag ? set_owner : in_file_stat.st_uid;
gid_t gid = set_group_flag ? set_group : in_file_stat.st_gid;
if ((lchown (output_name.ds_string, uid, gid) < 0)
&& errno != EPERM)
chown_error_details (output_name.ds_string, uid, gid);
}
free (link_name);
}
#endif
else
{
error (0, 0, _("%s: unknown file type"), input_name.ds_string);
}
if (verbose_flag)
fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", output_name.ds_string);
if (dot_flag)
fputc ('.', stderr);
}
if (dot_flag)
fputc ('\n', stderr);
if (!quiet_flag)
{
res = (output_bytes + io_block_size - 1) / io_block_size;
fprintf (stderr, ngettext ("%d block\n", "%d blocks\n", res), res);
}
}
/* Try and create a hard link from FILE_NAME to another file
with the given major/minor device number and inode. If no other
file with the same major/minor/inode numbers is known, add this file
to the list of known files and associated major/minor/inode numbers
and return -1. If another file with the same major/minor/inode
numbers is found, try and create another link to it using
link_to_name, and return 0 for success and -1 for failure. */
int
link_to_maj_min_ino (char *file_name, int st_dev_maj, int st_dev_min,
int st_ino)
{
int link_res;
char *link_name;
link_res = -1;
/* Is the file a link to a previously copied file? */
link_name = find_inode_file (st_ino,
st_dev_maj,
st_dev_min);
if (link_name == NULL)
add_inode (st_ino, file_name,
st_dev_maj,
st_dev_min);
else
link_res = link_to_name (file_name, link_name);
return link_res;
}
/* Try and create a hard link from LINK_NAME to LINK_TARGET. If
`create_dir_flag' is set, any non-existent (parent) directories
needed by LINK_NAME will be created. If the link is successfully
created and `verbose_flag' is set, print "LINK_TARGET linked to LINK_NAME\n".
If the link can not be created and `link_flag' is set, print
"cannot link LINK_TARGET to LINK_NAME\n". Return 0 if the link
is created, -1 otherwise. */
int
link_to_name (char *link_name, char *link_target)
{
int res = link (link_target, link_name);
if (res < 0 && create_dir_flag)
{
create_all_directories (link_name);
res = link (link_target, link_name);
}
if (res == 0)
{
if (verbose_flag)
error (0, 0, _("%s linked to %s"),
link_target, link_name);
}
else if (link_flag)
{
error (0, errno, _("cannot link %s to %s (will copy instead)"),
link_target, link_name);
}
return res;
}

72
contrib/cpio/src/cpio.h
View File

@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
/* Extended cpio format from POSIX.1.
Copyright (C) 1992, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */
#ifndef _CPIO_H
#define _CPIO_H 1
/* A cpio archive consists of a sequence of files.
Each file has a 76 byte header,
a variable length, NUL terminated filename,
and variable length file data.
A header for a filename "TRAILER!!!" indicates the end of the archive. */
#define CPIO_TRAILER_NAME "TRAILER!!!"
/* All the fields in the header are ISO 646 (approximately ASCII) strings
of octal numbers, left padded, not NUL terminated.
Field Name Length in Bytes Notes
c_magic 6 must be "070707"
c_dev 6
c_ino 6
c_mode 6 see below for value
c_uid 6
c_gid 6
c_nlink 6
c_rdev 6 only valid for chr and blk special files
c_mtime 11
c_namesize 6 count includes terminating NUL in pathname
c_filesize 11 must be 0 for FIFOs and directories */
/* Values for c_mode, OR'd together: */
#define C_IRUSR 000400
#define C_IWUSR 000200
#define C_IXUSR 000100
#define C_IRGRP 000040
#define C_IWGRP 000020
#define C_IXGRP 000010
#define C_IROTH 000004
#define C_IWOTH 000002
#define C_IXOTH 000001
#define C_ISUID 004000
#define C_ISGID 002000
#define C_ISVTX 001000
#define C_ISBLK 060000
#define C_ISCHR 020000
#define C_ISDIR 040000
#define C_ISFIFO 010000
#define C_ISSOCK 0140000
#define C_ISLNK 0120000
#define C_ISCTG 0110000
#define C_ISREG 0100000
#endif /* cpio.h */

106
contrib/cpio/src/cpiohdr.h
View File

@ -1,106 +0,0 @@
/* Extended cpio header from POSIX.1.
Copyright (C) 1992, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */
#ifndef _CPIOHDR_H
#define _CPIOHDR_H 1
#include <cpio.h>
struct old_cpio_header
{
unsigned short c_magic;
short c_dev;
unsigned short c_ino;
unsigned short c_mode;
unsigned short c_uid;
unsigned short c_gid;
unsigned short c_nlink;
short c_rdev;
unsigned short c_mtimes[2];
unsigned short c_namesize;
unsigned short c_filesizes[2];
};
struct old_ascii_header
{
char c_magic[6];
char c_dev[6];
char c_ino[6];
char c_mode[6];
char c_uid[6];
char c_gid[6];
char c_nlink[6];
char c_rdev[6];
char c_mtime[11];
char c_namesize[6];
char c_filesize[11];
};
/* "New" portable format and CRC format:
Each file has a 110 byte header,
a variable length, NUL terminated filename,
and variable length file data.
A header for a filename "TRAILER!!!" indicates the end of the archive. */
/* All the fields in the header are ISO 646 (approximately ASCII) strings
of hexadecimal numbers, left padded, not NUL terminated: */
struct new_ascii_header
{
char c_magic[6]; /* "070701" for "new" portable format
"070702" for CRC format */
char c_ino[8];
char c_mode[8];
char c_uid[8];
char c_gid[8];
char c_nlink[8];
char c_mtime[8];
char c_filesize[8]; /* must be 0 for FIFOs and directories */
char c_dev_maj[8];
char c_dev_min[8];
char c_rdev_maj[8]; /* only valid for chr and blk special files */
char c_rdev_min[8]; /* only valid for chr and blk special files */
char c_namesize[8]; /* count includes terminating NUL in pathname */
char c_chksum[8]; /* 0 for "new" portable format; for CRC format
the sum of all the bytes in the file */
};
struct cpio_file_stat /* Internal representation of a CPIO header */
{
unsigned short c_magic;
ino_t c_ino;
mode_t c_mode;
uid_t c_uid;
gid_t c_gid;
size_t c_nlink;
time_t c_mtime;
off_t c_filesize;
long c_dev_maj;
long c_dev_min;
long c_rdev_maj;
long c_rdev_min;
size_t c_namesize;
unsigned long c_chksum;
char *c_name;
char *c_tar_linkname;
};
#endif /* cpiohdr.h */

43
contrib/cpio/src/defer.c
View File

@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
/* defer.c - handle "defered" links in newc and crc archives
Copyright (C) 1993, 2003, 2004, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */
#include <system.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include "cpiohdr.h"
#include "extern.h"
#include "defer.h"
struct deferment *
create_deferment (struct cpio_file_stat *file_hdr)
{
struct deferment *d;
d = (struct deferment *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct deferment) );
d->header = *file_hdr;
d->header.c_name = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (file_hdr->c_name) + 1);
strcpy (d->header.c_name, file_hdr->c_name);
return d;
}
void
free_deferment (struct deferment *d)
{
free (d->header.c_name);
free (d);
}

26
contrib/cpio/src/defer.h
View File

@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
/* defer.h
Copyright (C) 1993, 2001, 2004, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */
struct deferment
{
struct deferment *next;
struct cpio_file_stat header;
};
struct deferment *create_deferment (struct cpio_file_stat *file_hdr);
void free_deferment (struct deferment *d);

103
contrib/cpio/src/dstring.c
View File

@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
/* dstring.c - The dynamic string handling routines used by cpio.
Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */
#if defined(HAVE_CONFIG_H)
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <stdio.h>
#if defined(HAVE_STRING_H) || defined(STDC_HEADERS)
#include <string.h>
#else
#include <strings.h>
#endif
#include "dstring.h"
char *xmalloc (unsigned n);
char *xrealloc (char *p, unsigned n);
/* Initialiaze dynamic string STRING with space for SIZE characters. */
void
ds_init (dynamic_string *string, int size)
{
string->ds_length = size;
string->ds_string = (char *) xmalloc (size);
}
/* Expand dynamic string STRING, if necessary, to hold SIZE characters. */
void
ds_resize (dynamic_string *string, int size)
{
if (size > string->ds_length)
{
string->ds_length = size;
string->ds_string = (char *) xrealloc ((char *) string->ds_string, size);
}
}
/* Dynamic string S gets a string terminated by the EOS character
(which is removed) from file F. S will increase
in size during the function if the string from F is longer than
the current size of S.
Return NULL if end of file is detected. Otherwise,
Return a pointer to the null-terminated string in S. */
char *
ds_fgetstr (FILE *f, dynamic_string *s, char eos)
{
int insize; /* Amount needed for line. */
int strsize; /* Amount allocated for S. */
int next_ch;
/* Initialize. */
insize = 0;
strsize = s->ds_length;
/* Read the input string. */
next_ch = getc (f);
while (next_ch != eos && next_ch != EOF)
{
if (insize >= strsize - 1)
{
ds_resize (s, strsize * 2 + 2);
strsize = s->ds_length;
}
s->ds_string[insize++] = next_ch;
next_ch = getc (f);
}
s->ds_string[insize++] = '\0';
if (insize == 1 && next_ch == EOF)
return NULL;
else
return s->ds_string;
}
char *
ds_fgets (FILE *f, dynamic_string *s)
{
return ds_fgetstr (f, s, '\n');
}
char *
ds_fgetname (FILE *f, dynamic_string *s)
{
return ds_fgetstr (f, s, '\0');
}

50
contrib/cpio/src/dstring.h
View File

@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
/* dstring.h - Dynamic string handling include file. Requires strings.h.
Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */
#ifndef NULL
#define NULL 0
#endif
/* A dynamic string consists of record that records the size of an
allocated string and the pointer to that string. The actual string
is a normal zero byte terminated string that can be used with the
usual string functions. The major difference is that the
dynamic_string routines know how to get more space if it is needed
by allocating new space and copying the current string. */
typedef struct
{
int ds_length; /* Actual amount of storage allocated. */
char *ds_string; /* String. */
} dynamic_string;
/* Macros that look similar to the original string functions.
WARNING: These macros work only on pointers to dynamic string records.
If used with a real record, an "&" must be used to get the pointer. */
#define ds_strlen(s) strlen ((s)->ds_string)
#define ds_strcmp(s1, s2) strcmp ((s1)->ds_string, (s2)->ds_string)
#define ds_strncmp(s1, s2, n) strncmp ((s1)->ds_string, (s2)->ds_string, n)
#define ds_index(s, c) index ((s)->ds_string, c)
#define ds_rindex(s, c) rindex ((s)->ds_string, c)
void ds_init (dynamic_string *string, int size);
void ds_resize (dynamic_string *string, int size);
char *ds_fgetname (FILE *f, dynamic_string *s);
char *ds_fgets (FILE *f, dynamic_string *s);
char *ds_fgetstr (FILE *f, dynamic_string *s, char eos);

221
contrib/cpio/src/extern.h
View File

@ -1,221 +0,0 @@
/* extern.h - External declarations for cpio. Requires system.h.
Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 2001, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */
#include "paxlib.h"
#include "quotearg.h"
#include "quote.h"
enum archive_format
{
arf_unknown, arf_binary, arf_oldascii, arf_newascii, arf_crcascii,
arf_tar, arf_ustar, arf_hpoldascii, arf_hpbinary
};
extern enum archive_format archive_format;
extern int reset_time_flag;
extern int io_block_size;
extern int create_dir_flag;
extern int rename_flag;
extern char *rename_batch_file;
extern int table_flag;
extern int unconditional_flag;
extern int verbose_flag;
extern int dot_flag;
extern int link_flag;
extern int retain_time_flag;
extern int crc_i_flag;
extern int append_flag;
extern int swap_bytes_flag;
extern int swap_halfwords_flag;
extern int swapping_bytes;
extern int swapping_halfwords;
extern int set_owner_flag;
extern uid_t set_owner;
extern int set_group_flag;
extern gid_t set_group;
extern int no_chown_flag;
extern int sparse_flag;
extern int quiet_flag;
extern int only_verify_crc_flag;
extern int abs_paths_flag;
extern unsigned int warn_option;
/* Values for warn_option */
#define CPIO_WARN_NONE 0
#define CPIO_WARN_TRUNCATE 0x01
#define CPIO_WARN_ALL (unsigned int)-1
extern bool to_stdout_option;
extern int last_header_start;
extern int copy_matching_files;
extern int numeric_uid;
extern char *pattern_file_name;
extern char *new_media_message;
extern char *new_media_message_with_number;
extern char *new_media_message_after_number;
extern int archive_des;
extern char *archive_name;
extern char *rsh_command_option;
extern unsigned int crc;
extern int delayed_seek_count;
#ifdef DEBUG_CPIO
extern int debug_flag;
#endif
extern char *input_buffer, *output_buffer;
extern char *in_buff, *out_buff;
extern long input_buffer_size;
extern long input_size, output_size;
#ifdef __GNUC__
extern long long input_bytes, output_bytes;
#else
extern long input_bytes, output_bytes;
#endif
extern char *directory_name;
extern char **save_patterns;
extern int num_patterns;
extern char name_end;
extern char input_is_special;
extern char output_is_special;
extern char input_is_seekable;
extern char output_is_seekable;
extern char *program_name;
extern int (*xstat) ();
extern void (*copy_function) ();
/* copyin.c */
void warn_junk_bytes (long bytes_skipped);
/* FIXME: make read_* static in copyin.c */
void read_in_header (struct cpio_file_stat *file_hdr, int in_des);
void read_in_old_ascii (struct cpio_file_stat *file_hdr, int in_des);
void read_in_new_ascii (struct cpio_file_stat *file_hdr, int in_des);
void read_in_binary (struct cpio_file_stat *file_hdr,
struct old_cpio_header *short_hdr, int in_des);
void swab_array (char *arg, int count);
void process_copy_in (void);
void long_format (struct cpio_file_stat *file_hdr, char *link_name);
void print_name_with_quoting (char *p);
/* copyout.c */
int write_out_header (struct cpio_file_stat *file_hdr, int out_des);
void process_copy_out (void);
/* copypass.c */
void process_copy_pass (void);
int link_to_maj_min_ino (char *file_name, int st_dev_maj,
int st_dev_min, int st_ino);
int link_to_name (char *link_name, char *link_target);
/* dirname.c */
char *dirname (char *path);
/* filemode.c */
void mode_string (unsigned int mode, char *str);
/* idcache.c */
#ifndef __MSDOS__
char *getgroup ();
char *getuser ();
uid_t *getuidbyname ();
gid_t *getgidbyname ();
#endif
/* main.c */
void process_args (int argc, char *argv[]);
void initialize_buffers (void);
/* makepath.c */
int make_path (char *argpath, int mode, int parent_mode,
uid_t owner, gid_t group, char *verbose_fmt_string);
/* tar.c */
void write_out_tar_header (struct cpio_file_stat *file_hdr, int out_des);
int null_block (long *block, int size);
void read_in_tar_header (struct cpio_file_stat *file_hdr, int in_des);
int otoa (char *s, unsigned long *n);
int is_tar_header (char *buf);
int is_tar_filename_too_long (char *name);
/* userspec.c */
#ifndef __MSDOS__
char *parse_user_spec (char *name, uid_t *uid, gid_t *gid,
char **username, char **groupname);
#endif
/* util.c */
void tape_empty_output_buffer (int out_des);
void disk_empty_output_buffer (int out_des);
void swahw_array (char *ptr, int count);
void tape_buffered_write (char *in_buf, int out_des, off_t num_bytes);
void tape_buffered_read (char *in_buf, int in_des, off_t num_bytes);
int tape_buffered_peek (char *peek_buf, int in_des, int num_bytes);
void tape_toss_input (int in_des, off_t num_bytes);
void copy_files_tape_to_disk (int in_des, int out_des, off_t num_bytes);
void copy_files_disk_to_tape (int in_des, int out_des, off_t num_bytes, char *filename);
void copy_files_disk_to_disk (int in_des, int out_des, off_t num_bytes, char *filename);
void warn_if_file_changed (char *file_name, unsigned long old_file_size,
off_t old_file_mtime);
void create_all_directories (char *name);
void prepare_append (int out_file_des);
char *find_inode_file (unsigned long node_num,
unsigned long major_num, unsigned long minor_num);
void add_inode (unsigned long node_num, char *file_name,
unsigned long major_num, unsigned long minor_num);
int open_archive (char *file);
void tape_offline (int tape_des);
void get_next_reel (int tape_des);
void set_new_media_message (char *message);
#if defined(__MSDOS__) && !defined(__GNUC__)
int chown (char *path, int owner, int group);
#endif
#ifdef __TURBOC__
int utime (char *filename, struct utimbuf *utb);
#endif
#ifdef HPUX_CDF
char *add_cdf_double_slashes (char *filename);
#endif
void write_nuls_to_file (off_t num_bytes, int out_des,
void (*writer) (char *in_buf,
int out_des, off_t num_bytes));
#define DISK_IO_BLOCK_SIZE 512
/* FIXME: Move to system.h? */
#ifndef SYMLINK_USES_UMASK
# define UMASKED_SYMLINK(name1,name2,mode) symlink(name1,name2)
#else
# define UMASKED_SYMLINK(name1,name2,mode) umasked_symlink(name1,name2,mode)
#endif /* SYMLINK_USES_UMASK */
void set_perms (int fd, struct cpio_file_stat *header);
void set_file_times (int fd, const char *name, unsigned long atime,
unsigned long mtime);
void stat_to_cpio (struct cpio_file_stat *hdr, struct stat *st);
void cpio_safer_name_suffix (char *name, bool link_target,
bool absolute_names, bool strip_leading_dots);
/* FIXME: These two defines should be defined in paxutils */
#define LG_8 3
#define LG_16 4
uintmax_t from_ascii (char const *where, size_t digs, unsigned logbase);
#define FROM_OCTAL(f) from_ascii (f, sizeof f, LG_8)
#define FROM_HEX(f) from_ascii (f, sizeof f, LG_16)

243
contrib/cpio/src/filemode.c
View File

@ -1,243 +0,0 @@
/* filemode.c -- make a string describing file modes
Copyright (C) 1985, 1990, 1993, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include <config.h>
#endif
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#if !S_IRUSR
# if S_IREAD
# define S_IRUSR S_IREAD
# else
# define S_IRUSR 00400
# endif
#endif
#if !S_IWUSR
# if S_IWRITE
# define S_IWUSR S_IWRITE
# else
# define S_IWUSR 00200
# endif
#endif
#if !S_IXUSR
# if S_IEXEC
# define S_IXUSR S_IEXEC
# else
# define S_IXUSR 00100
# endif
#endif
#ifdef STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
#undef S_ISBLK
#undef S_ISCHR
#undef S_ISDIR
#undef S_ISFIFO
#undef S_ISLNK
#undef S_ISMPB
#undef S_ISMPC
#undef S_ISNWK
#undef S_ISREG
#undef S_ISSOCK
#endif /* STAT_MACROS_BROKEN. */
#if !defined(S_ISBLK) && defined(S_IFBLK)
#define S_ISBLK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFBLK)
#endif
#if !defined(S_ISCHR) && defined(S_IFCHR)
#define S_ISCHR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFCHR)
#endif
#if !defined(S_ISDIR) && defined(S_IFDIR)
#define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
#endif
#if !defined(S_ISREG) && defined(S_IFREG)
#define S_ISREG(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFREG)
#endif
#if !defined(S_ISFIFO) && defined(S_IFIFO)
#define S_ISFIFO(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFIFO)
#endif
#if !defined(S_ISLNK) && defined(S_IFLNK)
#define S_ISLNK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFLNK)
#endif
#if !defined(S_ISSOCK) && defined(S_IFSOCK)
#define S_ISSOCK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFSOCK)
#endif
#if !defined(S_ISMPB) && defined(S_IFMPB) /* V7 */
#define S_ISMPB(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFMPB)
#define S_ISMPC(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFMPC)
#endif
#if !defined(S_ISNWK) && defined(S_IFNWK) /* HP/UX */
#define S_ISNWK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFNWK)
#endif
/* Return a character indicating the type of file described by
file mode BITS:
'd' for directories
'b' for block special files
'c' for character special files
'm' for multiplexor files
'l' for symbolic links
's' for sockets
'p' for fifos
'-' for regular files
'?' for any other file type. */
static char
ftypelet (long bits)
{
#ifdef S_ISBLK
if (S_ISBLK (bits))
return 'b';
#endif
if (S_ISCHR (bits))
return 'c';
if (S_ISDIR (bits))
return 'd';
if (S_ISREG (bits))
return '-';
#ifdef S_ISFIFO
if (S_ISFIFO (bits))
return 'p';
#endif
#ifdef S_ISLNK
if (S_ISLNK (bits))
return 'l';
#endif
#ifdef S_ISSOCK
if (S_ISSOCK (bits))
return 's';
#endif
#ifdef S_ISMPC
if (S_ISMPC (bits))
return 'm';
#endif
#ifdef S_ISNWK
if (S_ISNWK (bits))
return 'n';
#endif
return '?';
}
/* Look at read, write, and execute bits in BITS and set
flags in CHARS accordingly. */
static void
rwx (unsigned short bits, char *chars)
{
chars[0] = (bits & S_IRUSR) ? 'r' : '-';
chars[1] = (bits & S_IWUSR) ? 'w' : '-';
chars[2] = (bits & S_IXUSR) ? 'x' : '-';
}
/* Set the 's' and 't' flags in file attributes string CHARS,
according to the file mode BITS. */
static void
setst (unsigned short bits, char *chars)
{
#ifdef S_ISUID
if (bits & S_ISUID)
{
if (chars[3] != 'x')
/* Set-uid, but not executable by owner. */
chars[3] = 'S';
else
chars[3] = 's';
}
#endif
#ifdef S_ISGID
if (bits & S_ISGID)
{
if (chars[6] != 'x')
/* Set-gid, but not executable by group. */
chars[6] = 'S';
else
chars[6] = 's';
}
#endif
#ifdef S_ISVTX
if (bits & S_ISVTX)
{
if (chars[9] != 'x')
/* Sticky, but not executable by others. */
chars[9] = 'T';
else
chars[9] = 't';
}
#endif
}
/* Like filemodestring (see below), but only the relevant part of the
`struct stat' is given as an argument. */
void
mode_string (unsigned short mode, char *str)
{
str[0] = ftypelet ((long) mode);
rwx ((mode & 0700) << 0, &str[1]);
rwx ((mode & 0070) << 3, &str[4]);
rwx ((mode & 0007) << 6, &str[7]);
setst (mode, str);
}
/* filemodestring - fill in string STR with an ls-style ASCII
representation of the st_mode field of file stats block STATP.
10 characters are stored in STR; no terminating null is added.
The characters stored in STR are:
0 File type. 'd' for directory, 'c' for character
special, 'b' for block special, 'm' for multiplex,
'l' for symbolic link, 's' for socket, 'p' for fifo,
'-' for regular, '?' for any other file type
1 'r' if the owner may read, '-' otherwise.
2 'w' if the owner may write, '-' otherwise.
3 'x' if the owner may execute, 's' if the file is
set-user-id, '-' otherwise.
'S' if the file is set-user-id, but the execute
bit isn't set.
4 'r' if group members may read, '-' otherwise.
5 'w' if group members may write, '-' otherwise.
6 'x' if group members may execute, 's' if the file is
set-group-id, '-' otherwise.
'S' if it is set-group-id but not executable.
7 'r' if any user may read, '-' otherwise.
8 'w' if any user may write, '-' otherwise.
9 'x' if any user may execute, 't' if the file is "sticky"
(will be retained in swap space after execution), '-'
otherwise.
'T' if the file is sticky but not executable. */
void
filemodestring (struct stat *statp, char *str)
{
mode_string (statp->st_mode, str);
}

85
contrib/cpio/src/filetypes.h
View File

@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
/* filetypes.h - deal with POSIX annoyances
Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */
/* Include sys/types.h and sys/stat.h before this file. */
#ifndef S_ISREG /* Doesn't have POSIX.1 stat stuff. */
#define mode_t unsigned short
#endif
/* Define the POSIX macros for systems that lack them. */
#if !defined(S_ISBLK) && defined(S_IFBLK)
#define S_ISBLK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFBLK)
#endif
#if !defined(S_ISCHR) && defined(S_IFCHR)
#define S_ISCHR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFCHR)
#endif
#if !defined(S_ISDIR) && defined(S_IFDIR)
#define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
#endif
#if !defined(S_ISREG) && defined(S_IFREG)
#define S_ISREG(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFREG)
#endif
#if !defined(S_ISFIFO) && defined(S_IFIFO)
#define S_ISFIFO(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFIFO)
#endif
#if !defined(S_ISLNK) && defined(S_IFLNK)
#define S_ISLNK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFLNK)
#endif
#if !defined(S_ISSOCK) && defined(S_IFSOCK)
#define S_ISSOCK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFSOCK)
#endif
#if !defined(S_ISNWK) && defined(S_IFNWK) /* HP/UX network special */
#define S_ISNWK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFNWK)
#endif
/* Define the file type bits used in cpio archives.
They have the same values as the S_IF bits in traditional Unix. */
#define CP_IFMT 0170000 /* Mask for all file type bits. */
#if defined(S_ISBLK)
#define CP_IFBLK 0060000
#endif
#if defined(S_ISCHR)
#define CP_IFCHR 0020000
#endif
#if defined(S_ISDIR)
#define CP_IFDIR 0040000
#endif
#if defined(S_ISREG)
#define CP_IFREG 0100000
#endif
#if defined(S_ISFIFO)
#define CP_IFIFO 0010000
#endif
#if defined(S_ISLNK)
#define CP_IFLNK 0120000
#endif
#if defined(S_ISSOCK)
#define CP_IFSOCK 0140000
#endif
#if defined(S_ISNWK)
#define CP_IFNWK 0110000
#endif
#ifndef S_ISLNK
#define lstat stat
#endif
int lstat ();
int stat ();

201
contrib/cpio/src/global.c
View File

@ -1,201 +0,0 @@
/* global.c - global variables and initial values for cpio.
Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 2001, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */
#include <system.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include "cpiohdr.h"
#include "dstring.h"
#include "extern.h"
/* If true, reset access times after reading files (-a). */
int reset_time_flag = false;
/* Block size value, initially 512. -B sets to 5120. */
int io_block_size = 512;
/* The header format to recognize and produce. */
enum archive_format archive_format = arf_unknown;
/* If true, create directories as needed. (-d with -i or -p) */
int create_dir_flag = false;
/* If true, interactively rename files. (-r) */
int rename_flag = false;
/* If non-NULL, the name of a file that will be read to
rename all of the files in the archive. --rename-batch-file. */
char *rename_batch_file = NULL;
/* If true, print a table of contents of input. (-t) */
int table_flag = false;
/* If true, copy unconditionally (older replaces newer). (-u) */
int unconditional_flag = false;
/* If true, list the files processed, or ls -l style output with -t. (-v) */
int verbose_flag = false;
/* If true, print a . for each file processed. (-V) */
int dot_flag = false;
/* If true, link files whenever possible. Used with -p option. (-l) */
int link_flag = false;
/* If true, retain previous file modification time. (-m) */
int retain_time_flag = false;
/* Set true if crc_flag is true and we are doing a cpio -i. Used
by copy_files so it knows whether to compute the crc. */
int crc_i_flag = false;
/* If true, append to end of archive. (-A) */
int append_flag = false;
/* If true, swap bytes of each file during cpio -i. */
int swap_bytes_flag = false;
/* If true, swap halfwords of each file during cpio -i. */
int swap_halfwords_flag = false;
/* If true, we are swapping halfwords on the current file. */
int swapping_halfwords = false;
/* If true, we are swapping bytes on the current file. */
int swapping_bytes = false;
/* If true, set ownership of all files to UID `set_owner'. */
int set_owner_flag = false;
uid_t set_owner;
/* If true, set group ownership of all files to GID `set_group'. */
int set_group_flag = false;
gid_t set_group;
/* If true, do not chown the files. */
int no_chown_flag = false;
/* If true, try to write sparse ("holey") files. */
int sparse_flag = false;
/* If true, don't report number of blocks copied. */
int quiet_flag = false;
/* If true, only read the archive and verify the files' CRC's, don't
actually extract the files. */
int only_verify_crc_flag = false;
/* If true, don't use any absolute paths, prefix them by `./'. */
int abs_paths_flag = false;
#ifdef DEBUG_CPIO
/* If true, print debugging information. */
int debug_flag = false;
#endif
/* File position of last header read. Only used during -A to determine
where the old TRAILER!!! record started. */
int last_header_start = 0;
/* With -i; if true, copy only files that match any of the given patterns;
if false, copy only files that do not match any of the patterns. (-f) */
int copy_matching_files = true;
/* With -itv; if true, list numeric uid and gid instead of translating them
into names. */
int numeric_uid = false;
/* Name of file containing additional patterns (-E). */
char *pattern_file_name = NULL;
/* Message to print when end of medium is reached (-M). */
char *new_media_message = NULL;
/* With -M with %d, message to print when end of medium is reached. */
char *new_media_message_with_number = NULL;
char *new_media_message_after_number = NULL;
/* File descriptor containing the archive. */
int archive_des;
/* Name of file containing the archive, if known; NULL if stdin/out. */
char *archive_name = NULL;
/* Name of the remote shell command, if known; NULL otherwise. */
char *rsh_command_option = NULL;
/* CRC checksum. */
unsigned int crc;
/* Input and output buffers. */
char *input_buffer, *output_buffer;
/* The size of the input buffer. */
long input_buffer_size;
/* Current locations in `input_buffer' and `output_buffer'. */
char *in_buff, *out_buff;
/* Current number of bytes stored at `input_buff' and `output_buff'. */
long input_size, output_size;
/* Total number of bytes read and written for all files.
Now that many tape drives hold more than 4Gb we need more than 32
bits to hold input_bytes and output_bytes. But it's not worth
the trouble of adding special multi-precision arithmetic if the
compiler doesn't support 64 bit ints since input_bytes and
output_bytes are only used to print the number of blocks copied. */
#ifdef __GNUC__
long long input_bytes, output_bytes;
#else
long input_bytes, output_bytes;
#endif
/* Saving of argument values for later reference. */
char *directory_name = NULL;
char **save_patterns;
int num_patterns;
/* Character that terminates file names read from stdin. */
char name_end = '\n';
/* true if input (cpio -i) or output (cpio -o) is a device node. */
char input_is_special = false;
char output_is_special = false;
/* true if lseek works on the input. */
char input_is_seekable = false;
/* true if lseek works on the output. */
char output_is_seekable = false;
/* Print extra warning messages */
unsigned int warn_option = 0;
/* Extract to standard output? */
bool to_stdout_option = false;
/* The name this program was run with. */
char *program_name;
/* A pointer to either lstat or stat, depending on whether
dereferencing of symlinks is done for input files. */
int (*xstat) ();
/* Which copy operation to perform. (-i, -o, -p) */
void (*copy_function) () = 0;

207
contrib/cpio/src/idcache.c
View File

@ -1,207 +0,0 @@
/* idcache.c -- map user and group IDs, cached for speed
Copyright (C) 1985, 1988, 1989, 1990, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include <config.h>
#endif
#include <stdio.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <pwd.h>
#include <grp.h>
#if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(HAVE_STRING_H)
#include <string.h>
#else
#include <strings.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
#include <unistd.h>
#endif
#ifndef _POSIX_VERSION
struct passwd *getpwuid ();
struct passwd *getpwnam ();
struct group *getgrgid ();
struct group *getgrnam ();
#endif
char *xmalloc ();
char *xstrdup ();
struct userid
{
union
{
uid_t u;
gid_t g;
} id;
char *name;
struct userid *next;
};
static struct userid *user_alist;
/* The members of this list have names not in the local passwd file. */
static struct userid *nouser_alist;
/* Translate UID to a login name or a stringified number,
with cache. */
char *
getuser (uid_t uid)
{
register struct userid *tail;
struct passwd *pwent;
char usernum_string[20];
for (tail = user_alist; tail; tail = tail->next)
if (tail->id.u == uid)
return tail->name;
pwent = getpwuid (uid);
tail = (struct userid *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct userid));
tail->id.u = uid;
if (pwent == 0)
{
sprintf (usernum_string, "%u", (unsigned) uid);
tail->name = xstrdup (usernum_string);
}
else
tail->name = xstrdup (pwent->pw_name);
/* Add to the head of the list, so most recently used is first. */
tail->next = user_alist;
user_alist = tail;
return tail->name;
}
/* Translate USER to a UID, with cache.
Return NULL if there is no such user.
(We also cache which user names have no passwd entry,
so we don't keep looking them up.) */
uid_t *
getuidbyname (char *user)
{
register struct userid *tail;
struct passwd *pwent;
for (tail = user_alist; tail; tail = tail->next)
/* Avoid a function call for the most common case. */
if (*tail->name == *user && !strcmp (tail->name, user))
return &tail->id.u;
for (tail = nouser_alist; tail; tail = tail->next)
/* Avoid a function call for the most common case. */
if (*tail->name == *user && !strcmp (tail->name, user))
return 0;
pwent = getpwnam (user);
tail = (struct userid *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct userid));
tail->name = xstrdup (user);
/* Add to the head of the list, so most recently used is first. */
if (pwent)
{
tail->id.u = pwent->pw_uid;
tail->next = user_alist;
user_alist = tail;
return &tail->id.u;
}
tail->next = nouser_alist;
nouser_alist = tail;
return 0;
}
/* Use the same struct as for userids. */
static struct userid *group_alist;
static struct userid *nogroup_alist;
/* Translate GID to a group name or a stringified number,
with cache. */
char *
getgroup (gid_t gid)
{
register struct userid *tail;
struct group *grent;
char groupnum_string[20];
for (tail = group_alist; tail; tail = tail->next)
if (tail->id.g == gid)
return tail->name;
grent = getgrgid (gid);
tail = (struct userid *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct userid));
tail->id.g = gid;
if (grent == 0)
{
sprintf (groupnum_string, "%u", (unsigned int) gid);
tail->name = xstrdup (groupnum_string);
}
else
tail->name = xstrdup (grent->gr_name);
/* Add to the head of the list, so most recently used is first. */
tail->next = group_alist;
group_alist = tail;
return tail->name;
}
/* Translate GROUP to a UID, with cache.
Return NULL if there is no such group.
(We also cache which group names have no group entry,
so we don't keep looking them up.) */
gid_t *
getgidbyname (char *group)
{
register struct userid *tail;
struct group *grent;
for (tail = group_alist; tail; tail = tail->next)
/* Avoid a function call for the most common case. */
if (*tail->name == *group && !strcmp (tail->name, group))
return &tail->id.g;
for (tail = nogroup_alist; tail; tail = tail->next)
/* Avoid a function call for the most common case. */
if (*tail->name == *group && !strcmp (tail->name, group))
return 0;
grent = getgrnam (group);
tail = (struct userid *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct userid));
tail->name = xstrdup (group);
/* Add to the head of the list, so most recently used is first. */
if (grent)
{
tail->id.g = grent->gr_gid;
tail->next = group_alist;
group_alist = tail;
return &tail->id.g;
}
tail->next = nogroup_alist;
nogroup_alist = tail;
return 0;
}

804
contrib/cpio/src/main.c
View File

@ -1,804 +0,0 @@
/* $FreeBSD$ */
/* main.c - main program and argument processing for cpio.
Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */
/* Written by Phil Nelson <phil@cs.wwu.edu>,
David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>,
John Oleynick <juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu>,
and Sergey Poznyakoff <gray@mirddin.farlep.net> */
#include <system.h>
#include <paxlib.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <getopt.h>
#include <argp.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#ifdef HAVE_LOCALE_H
# include <locale.h>
#endif
#include "filetypes.h"
#include "cpiohdr.h"
#include "dstring.h"
#include "extern.h"
#include <rmt.h>
#include <rmt-command.h>
enum cpio_options {
NO_ABSOLUTE_FILENAMES_OPTION=256,
ABSOLUTE_FILENAMES_OPTION,
NO_PRESERVE_OWNER_OPTION,
ONLY_VERIFY_CRC_OPTION,
RENAME_BATCH_FILE_OPTION,
RSH_COMMAND_OPTION,
QUIET_OPTION,
SPARSE_OPTION,
FORCE_LOCAL_OPTION,
DEBUG_OPTION,
BLOCK_SIZE_OPTION,
TO_STDOUT_OPTION,
HANG_OPTION,
USAGE_OPTION,
LICENSE_OPTION,
VERSION_OPTION
};
const char *argp_program_version = "cpio (" PACKAGE_NAME ") " VERSION;
const char *argp_program_bug_address = "<" PACKAGE_BUGREPORT ">";
static char doc[] = N_("GNU `cpio' copies files to and from archives\n\
\n\
Examples:\n\
# Copy files named in name-list to the archive\n\
cpio -o < name-list [> archive]\n\
# Extract files from the archive\n\
cpio -i [< archive]\n\
# Copy files named in name-list to destination-directory\n\
cpio -p destination-directory < name-list\n");
/* Print usage error message and exit with error. */
#define CHECK_USAGE(cond, opt, mode_opt) \
if (cond) \
ERROR((PAXEXIT_FAILURE, 0, _("%s is meaningless with %s"), opt, mode_opt));
static struct argp_option options[] = {
/* ********** */
#define GRID 10
{NULL, 0, NULL, 0,
N_("Main operation mode:"), GRID },
{"create", 'o', 0, 0,
N_("Create the archive (run in copy-out mode)"), GRID },
{"extract", 'i', 0, 0,
N_("Extract files from an archive (run in copy-in mode)"), GRID },
{"pass-through", 'p', 0, 0,
N_("Run in copy-pass mode"), GRID },
{"list", 't', 0, 0,
N_("Print a table of contents of the input"), GRID },
#undef GRID
/* ********** */
#define GRID 100
{NULL, 0, NULL, 0,
N_("Operation modifiers valid in any mode:"), GRID },
{"file", 'F', N_("[[USER@]HOST:]FILE-NAME"), 0,
N_("Use this FILE-NAME instead of standard input or output. Optional USER and HOST specify the user and host names in case of a remote archive"), GRID+1 },
{"force-local", FORCE_LOCAL_OPTION, 0, 0,
N_("Archive file is local, even if its name contains colons"), GRID+1 },
{"format", 'H', N_("FORMAT"), 0,
N_("Use given archive FORMAT"), GRID+1 },
{NULL, 'B', NULL, 0,
N_("Set the I/O block size to 5120 bytes"), GRID+1 },
{"block-size", BLOCK_SIZE_OPTION, N_("BLOCK-SIZE"), 0,
N_("Set the I/O block size to BLOCK-SIZE * 512 bytes"), GRID+1 },
{NULL, 'c', NULL, 0,
N_("Use the old portable (ASCII) archive format"), GRID+1 },
{"dot", 'V', NULL, 0,
N_("Print a \".\" for each file processed"), GRID+1 },
{"io-size", 'C', N_("NUMBER"), 0,
N_("Set the I/O block size to the given NUMBER of bytes"), GRID+1 },
{"message", 'M', N_("STRING"), 0,
N_("Print STRING when the end of a volume of the backup media is reached"),
GRID+1 },
{"nonmatching", 'f', 0, 0,
N_("Only copy files that do not match any of the given patterns"), GRID+1 },
{"numeric-uid-gid", 'n', 0, 0,
N_("In the verbose table of contents listing, show numeric UID and GID"),
GRID+1 },
{"rsh-command", RSH_COMMAND_OPTION, N_("COMMAND"), 0,
N_("Use remote COMMAND instead of rsh"), GRID+1 },
{"quiet", QUIET_OPTION, NULL, 0,
N_("Do not print the number of blocks copied"), GRID+1 },
{"verbose", 'v', NULL, 0,
N_("Verbosely list the files processed"), GRID+1 },
#ifdef DEBUG_CPIO
{"debug", DEBUG_OPTION, NULL, 0,
N_("Enable debugging info"), GRID+1 },
#endif
{"warning", 'W', N_("FLAG"), 0,
N_("Control warning display. Currently FLAG is one of 'none', 'truncate', 'all'. Multiple options accumulate."), GRID+1 },
#undef GRID
/* ********** */
#define GRID 200
{NULL, 0, NULL, 0,
N_("Operation modifiers valid only in copy-in mode:"), GRID },
{"pattern-file", 'E', N_("FILE"), 0,
N_("Read additional patterns specifying filenames to extract or list from FILE"), 210},
{"absolute-filenames", ABSOLUTE_FILENAMES_OPTION, 0, 0,
N_("do not strip leading file name components that contain \"..\" and leading slashes from file names"), 210},
{"only-verify-crc", ONLY_VERIFY_CRC_OPTION, 0, 0,
N_("When reading a CRC format archive, only verify the CRC's of each file in the archive, don't actually extract the files"), 210},
{"rename", 'r', 0, 0,
N_("Interactively rename files"), GRID+1 },
{"rename-batch-file", RENAME_BATCH_FILE_OPTION, N_("FILE"), OPTION_HIDDEN,
"", GRID+1 },
{"swap", 'b', NULL, 0,
N_("Swap both halfwords of words and bytes of halfwords in the data. Equivalent to -sS"), GRID+1 },
{"swap-bytes", 's', NULL, 0,
N_("Swap the bytes of each halfword in the files"), GRID+1 },
{"swap-halfwords", 'S', NULL, 0,
N_("Swap the halfwords of each word (4 bytes) in the files"),
GRID+1 },
{"to-stdout", TO_STDOUT_OPTION, NULL, 0,
N_("Extract files to standard output"), GRID+1 },
#undef GRID
/* ********** */
#define GRID 300
{NULL, 0, NULL, 0,
N_("Operation modifiers valid only in copy-out mode:"), GRID },
{"append", 'A', 0, 0,
N_("Append to an existing archive."), GRID+1 },
{NULL, 'O', N_("[[USER@]HOST:]FILE-NAME"), 0,
N_("Archive filename to use instead of standard output. Optional USER and HOST specify the user and host names in case of a remote archive"), GRID+1 },
#undef GRID
/* ********** */
#define GRID 400
{NULL, 0, NULL, 0,
N_("Operation modifiers valid only in copy-pass mode:"), GRID},
{"link", 'l', 0, 0,
N_("Link files instead of copying them, when possible"), GRID+1 },
#undef GRID
/* ********** */
#define GRID 500
{NULL, 0, NULL, 0,
N_("Operation modifiers valid in copy-in and copy-out modes:"), GRID },
{"absolute-filenames", ABSOLUTE_FILENAMES_OPTION, 0, 0,
N_("Do not strip file system prefix components from the file names"),
GRID+1 },
{"no-absolute-filenames", NO_ABSOLUTE_FILENAMES_OPTION, 0, 0,
N_("Create all files relative to the current directory"), GRID+1 },
#undef GRID
/* ********** */
#define GRID 600
{NULL, 0, NULL, 0,
N_("Operation modifiers valid in copy-out and copy-pass modes:"), GRID },
{"null", '0', 0, 0,
N_("A list of filenames is terminated by a null character instead of a newline"), GRID+1 },
{NULL, 'I', N_("[[USER@]HOST:]FILE-NAME"), 0,
N_("Archive filename to use instead of standard input. Optional USER and HOST specify the user and host names in case of a remote archive"), GRID+1 },
{"dereference", 'L', 0, 0,
N_("Dereference symbolic links (copy the files that they point to instead of copying the links)."), GRID+1 },
{"owner", 'R', N_("[USER][:.][GROUP]"), 0,
N_("Set the ownership of all files created to the specified USER and/or GROUP"), GRID+1 },
{"reset-access-time", 'a', NULL, 0,
N_("Reset the access times of files after reading them"), GRID+1 },
#undef GRID
/* ********** */
#define GRID 700
{NULL, 0, NULL, 0,
N_("Operation modifiers valid in copy-in and copy-pass modes:"), GRID },
{"preserve-modification-time", 'm', 0, 0,
N_("Retain previous file modification times when creating files"), GRID+1 },
{"make-directories", 'd', 0, 0,
N_("Create leading directories where needed"), GRID+1 },
{"no-preserve-owner", NO_PRESERVE_OWNER_OPTION, 0, 0,
N_("Do not change the ownership of the files"), GRID+1 },
{"unconditional", 'u', NULL, 0,
N_("Replace all files unconditionally"), GRID+1 },
{"sparse", SPARSE_OPTION, NULL, 0,
N_("Write files with large blocks of zeros as sparse files"), GRID+1 },
#undef GRID
/* ********** */
#define GRID 800
{NULL, 0, NULL, 0,
N_("Informative options:"), GRID },
{"help", '?', 0, 0, N_("Give this help list"), -1},
{"usage", USAGE_OPTION, 0, 0, N_("Give a short usage message"), -1},
{"license", LICENSE_OPTION, 0, 0, N_("Print license and exit"), -1},
{"version", VERSION_OPTION, 0, 0, N_("Print program version"), -1},
/* FIXME -V (--dot) conflicts with the default short option for
--version */
{"HANG", HANG_OPTION, "SECS", OPTION_ARG_OPTIONAL | OPTION_HIDDEN,
N_("hang for SECS seconds (default 3600)"), 0},
#undef GRID
{0, 0, 0, 0}
};
static char *input_archive_name = 0;
static char *output_archive_name = 0;
static void
license ()
{
printf ("%s (%s) %s\n%s\n", program_name, PACKAGE_NAME, PACKAGE_VERSION,
"Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n");
printf (_(" GNU cpio is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify\n"
" it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by\n"
" the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or\n"
" (at your option) any later version.\n"
"\n"
" GNU cpio is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,\n"
" but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of\n"
" MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the\n"
" GNU General Public License for more details.\n"
"\n"
" You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License\n"
" along with GNU cpio; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,\n"
" Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA\n\n"));
exit (0);
}
static int
warn_control (char *arg)
{
static struct warn_tab {
char *name;
int flag;
} warn_tab[] = {
{ "none", CPIO_WARN_ALL },
{ "truncate", CPIO_WARN_TRUNCATE },
{ "all", CPIO_WARN_ALL },
{ NULL }
};
struct warn_tab *wt;
int offset = 0;
if (strcmp (arg, "none") == 0)
{
warn_option = 0;
return 0;
}
if (strlen (arg) > 2 && memcmp (arg, "no-", 3) == 0)
offset = 3;
for (wt = warn_tab; wt->name; wt++)
if (strcmp (arg + offset, wt->name) == 0)
{
if (offset)
warn_option &= ~wt->flag;
else
warn_option |= wt->flag;
return 0;
}
return 1;
}
static error_t
parse_opt (int key, char *arg, struct argp_state *state)
{
static volatile int _argp_hang;
switch (key)
{
case '0': /* Read null-terminated filenames. */
name_end = '\0';
break;
case 'a': /* Reset access times. */
reset_time_flag = true;
break;
case 'A': /* Append to the archive. */
append_flag = true;
break;
case 'b': /* Swap bytes and halfwords. */
swap_bytes_flag = true;
swap_halfwords_flag = true;
break;
case 'B': /* Set block size to 5120. */
io_block_size = 5120;
break;
case BLOCK_SIZE_OPTION: /* --block-size */
io_block_size = atoi (arg);
if (io_block_size < 1)
error (2, 0, _("invalid block size"));
io_block_size *= 512;
break;
case 'c': /* Use the old portable ASCII format. */
if (archive_format != arf_unknown)
error (0, EXIT_FAILURE, _("Archive format multiply defined"));
#ifdef SVR4_COMPAT
archive_format = arf_newascii; /* -H newc. */
#else
archive_format = arf_oldascii; /* -H odc. */
#endif
break;
case 'C': /* Block size. */
io_block_size = atoi (arg);
if (io_block_size < 1)
error (2, 0, _("invalid block size"));
break;
case 'd': /* Create directories where needed. */
create_dir_flag = true;
break;
case 'f': /* Only copy files not matching patterns. */
copy_matching_files = false;
break;
case 'E': /* Pattern file name. */
pattern_file_name = arg;
break;
case 'F': /* Archive file name. */
archive_name = arg;
break;
case 'H': /* Header format name. */
if (archive_format != arf_unknown)
error (PAXEXIT_FAILURE, 0, _("Archive format multiply defined"));
if (!strcasecmp (arg, "crc"))
archive_format = arf_crcascii;
else if (!strcasecmp (arg, "newc"))
archive_format = arf_newascii;
else if (!strcasecmp (arg, "odc"))
archive_format = arf_oldascii;
else if (!strcasecmp (arg, "bin"))
archive_format = arf_binary;
else if (!strcasecmp (arg, "ustar"))
archive_format = arf_ustar;
else if (!strcasecmp (arg, "tar"))
archive_format = arf_tar;
else if (!strcasecmp (arg, "hpodc"))
archive_format = arf_hpoldascii;
else if (!strcasecmp (arg, "hpbin"))
archive_format = arf_hpbinary;
else
error (2, 0, _("\
invalid archive format `%s'; valid formats are:\n\
crc newc odc bin ustar tar (all-caps also recognized)"), arg);
break;
case 'i': /* Copy-in mode. */
if (copy_function != 0)
error (PAXEXIT_FAILURE, 0, _("Mode already defined"));
copy_function = process_copy_in;
break;
case 'I': /* Input archive file name. */
input_archive_name = arg;
break;
case 'k': /* Handle corrupted archives. We always handle
corrupted archives, but recognize this
option for compatability. */
break;
case 'l': /* Link files when possible. */
link_flag = true;
break;
case 'L': /* Dereference symbolic links. */
xstat = stat;
break;
case 'm': /* Retain previous file modify times. */
retain_time_flag = true;
break;
case 'M': /* New media message. */
set_new_media_message (arg);
break;
case 'n': /* Long list owner and group as numbers. */
numeric_uid = true;
break;
case NO_ABSOLUTE_FILENAMES_OPTION: /* --no-absolute-filenames */
abs_paths_flag = false;
break;
case ABSOLUTE_FILENAMES_OPTION: /* --absolute-filenames */
abs_paths_flag = true;
break;
case NO_PRESERVE_OWNER_OPTION: /* --no-preserve-owner */
if (set_owner_flag || set_group_flag)
error (PAXEXIT_FAILURE, 0,
_("--no-preserve-owner cannot be used with --owner"));
no_chown_flag = true;
break;
case 'o': /* Copy-out mode. */
if (copy_function != 0)
error (PAXEXIT_FAILURE, 0, _("Mode already defined"));
copy_function = process_copy_out;
break;
case 'O': /* Output archive file name. */
output_archive_name = arg;
break;
case ONLY_VERIFY_CRC_OPTION:
only_verify_crc_flag = true;
break;
case 'p': /* Copy-pass mode. */
if (copy_function != 0)
error (PAXEXIT_FAILURE, 0, _("Mode already defined"));
copy_function = process_copy_pass;
break;
case RSH_COMMAND_OPTION:
rsh_command_option = arg;
break;
case 'r': /* Interactively rename. */
rename_flag = true;
break;
case RENAME_BATCH_FILE_OPTION:
rename_batch_file = arg;
break;
case QUIET_OPTION:
quiet_flag = true;
break;
case 'R': /* Set the owner. */
if (no_chown_flag)
error (PAXEXIT_FAILURE, 0,
_("--owner cannot be used with --no-preserve-owner"));
else
{
char *e, *u, *g;
e = parse_user_spec (arg, &set_owner, &set_group, &u, &g);
if (e)
error (PAXEXIT_FAILURE, 0, "%s: %s", arg, e);
if (u)
{
free (u);
set_owner_flag = true;
}
if (g)
{
free (g);
set_group_flag = true;
}
}
break;
case 's': /* Swap bytes. */
swap_bytes_flag = true;
break;
case 'S': /* Swap halfwords. */
swap_halfwords_flag = true;
break;
case 't': /* Only print a list. */
table_flag = true;
break;
case 'u': /* Replace all! Unconditionally! */
unconditional_flag = true;
break;
case 'v': /* Verbose! */
verbose_flag = true;
break;
case 'V': /* Print `.' for each file. */
dot_flag = true;
break;
case 'W':
if (warn_control (arg))
argp_error (state, _("Invalid value for --warning option: %s"), arg);
break;
case SPARSE_OPTION:
sparse_flag = true;
break;
case FORCE_LOCAL_OPTION:
force_local_option = 1;
break;
#ifdef DEBUG_CPIO
case DEBUG_OPTION:
debug_flag = true;
break;
#endif
case TO_STDOUT_OPTION:
to_stdout_option = true;
break;
case HANG_OPTION:
_argp_hang = atoi (arg ? arg : "3600");
while (_argp_hang-- > 0)
sleep (1);
break;
case '?':
argp_state_help (state, state->out_stream, ARGP_HELP_STD_HELP);
break;
case USAGE_OPTION:
argp_state_help (state, state->out_stream,
ARGP_HELP_USAGE | ARGP_HELP_EXIT_OK);
break;
case VERSION_OPTION:
fprintf (state->out_stream, "%s\n", argp_program_version);
exit (0);
case LICENSE_OPTION:
license ();
break;
default:
return ARGP_ERR_UNKNOWN;
}
return 0;
}
static struct argp argp = {
options,
parse_opt,
N_("[destination-directory]"),
doc,
NULL,
NULL,
NULL
};
/* Process the arguments. Set all options and set up the copy pass
directory or the copy in patterns. */
void
process_args (int argc, char *argv[])
{
void (*copy_in) (); /* Work around for pcc bug. */
void (*copy_out) ();
int index;
if (argc < 2)
error (PAXEXIT_FAILURE, 0,
_("You must specify one of -oipt options.\nTry `%s --help' or `%s --usage' for more information.\n"),
program_name, program_name);
xstat = lstat;
if (argp_parse (&argp, argc, argv, ARGP_IN_ORDER|ARGP_NO_HELP, &index, NULL))
exit (1);
/* Do error checking and look at other args. */
if (copy_function == 0)
{
if (table_flag)
copy_function = process_copy_in;
else
error (PAXEXIT_FAILURE, 0,
_("You must specify one of -oipt options.\nTry `%s --help' or `%s --usage' for more information.\n"),
program_name, program_name);
}
/* Work around for pcc bug. */
copy_in = process_copy_in;
copy_out = process_copy_out;
if (copy_function == copy_in)
{
archive_des = 0;
CHECK_USAGE(link_flag, "--link", "--extract");
CHECK_USAGE(reset_time_flag, "--reset", "--extract");
CHECK_USAGE(xstat != lstat, "--dereference", "--extract");
CHECK_USAGE(append_flag, "--append", "--extract");
CHECK_USAGE(output_archive_name, "-O", "--extract");
if (to_stdout_option)
{
CHECK_USAGE(create_dir_flag, "--make-directories", "--to-stdout");
CHECK_USAGE(rename_flag, "--rename", "--to-stdout");
CHECK_USAGE(no_chown_flag, "--no-preserve-owner", "--to-stdout");
CHECK_USAGE(set_owner_flag||set_group_flag, "--owner", "--to-stdout");
CHECK_USAGE(retain_time_flag, "--preserve-modification-time",
"--to-stdout");
}
if (archive_name && input_archive_name)
error (PAXEXIT_FAILURE, 0,
_("Both -I and -F are used in copy-in mode"));
if (archive_format == arf_crcascii)
crc_i_flag = true;
num_patterns = argc - index;
save_patterns = &argv[index];
if (input_archive_name)
archive_name = input_archive_name;
}
else if (copy_function == copy_out)
{
if (index != argc)
error (PAXEXIT_FAILURE, 0, _("Too many arguments"));
archive_des = 1;
CHECK_USAGE(create_dir_flag, "--make-directories", "--create");
CHECK_USAGE(rename_flag, "--rename", "--create");
CHECK_USAGE(table_flag, "--list", "--create");
CHECK_USAGE(unconditional_flag, "--unconditional", "--create");
CHECK_USAGE(link_flag, "--link", "--create");
CHECK_USAGE(sparse_flag, "--sparse", "--create");
CHECK_USAGE(retain_time_flag, "--preserve-modification-time",
"--create");
CHECK_USAGE(no_chown_flag, "--no-preserve-owner", "--create");
CHECK_USAGE(swap_bytes_flag, "--swap-bytes (--swap)", "--create");
CHECK_USAGE(swap_halfwords_flag, "--swap-halfwords (--swap)",
"--create");
CHECK_USAGE(to_stdout_option, "--to-stdout", "--create");
if (append_flag && !(archive_name || output_archive_name))
error (PAXEXIT_FAILURE, 0,
_("--append is used but no archive file name is given (use -F or -O options)"));
CHECK_USAGE(rename_batch_file, "--rename-batch-file", "--create");
CHECK_USAGE(abs_paths_flag, "--absolute-pathnames", "--create");
CHECK_USAGE(input_archive_name, "-I", "--create");
if (archive_name && output_archive_name)
error (PAXEXIT_FAILURE, 0,
_("Both -O and -F are used in copy-out mode"));
if (archive_format == arf_unknown)
archive_format = arf_binary;
if (output_archive_name)
archive_name = output_archive_name;
}
else
{
/* Copy pass. */
if (index < argc - 1)
error (PAXEXIT_FAILURE, 0, _("Too many arguments"));
else if (index > argc - 1)
error (PAXEXIT_FAILURE, 0, _("Not enough arguments"));
if (archive_format != arf_unknown)
error (PAXEXIT_FAILURE, 0,
_("Archive format is not specified in copy-pass mode (use --format option)"));
CHECK_USAGE(swap_bytes_flag, "--swap-bytes (--swap)", "--pass-through");
CHECK_USAGE(swap_halfwords_flag, "--swap-halfwords (--swap)",
"--pass-through");
CHECK_USAGE(table_flag, "--list", "--pass-through");
CHECK_USAGE(rename_flag, "--rename", "--pass-through");
CHECK_USAGE(append_flag, "--append", "--pass-through");
CHECK_USAGE(rename_batch_file, "--rename-batch-file", "--pass-through");
CHECK_USAGE(abs_paths_flag, "--absolute-pathnames",
"--pass-through");
CHECK_USAGE(to_stdout_option, "--to-stdout", "--pass-through");
directory_name = argv[index];
}
if (archive_name)
{
if (copy_function != copy_in && copy_function != copy_out)
error (PAXEXIT_FAILURE, 0,
_("-F can be used only with --create or --extract"));
archive_des = open_archive (archive_name);
if (archive_des < 0)
error (PAXEXIT_FAILURE, errno, _("Cannot open %s"),
quotearg_colon (archive_name));
}
/* Prevent SysV non-root users from giving away files inadvertantly.
This happens automatically on BSD, where only root can give
away files. */
if (set_owner_flag == false && set_group_flag == false && geteuid ())
no_chown_flag = true;
}
/* Initialize the input and output buffers to their proper size and
initialize all variables associated with the input and output
buffers. */
void
initialize_buffers ()
{
int in_buf_size, out_buf_size;
if (copy_function == process_copy_in)
{
/* Make sure the input buffer can always hold 2 blocks and that it
is big enough to hold 1 tar record (512 bytes) even if it
is not aligned on a block boundary. The extra buffer space
is needed by process_copyin and peek_in_buf to automatically
figure out what kind of archive it is reading. */
if (io_block_size >= 512)
in_buf_size = 2 * io_block_size;
else
in_buf_size = 1024;
out_buf_size = DISK_IO_BLOCK_SIZE;
}
else if (copy_function == process_copy_out)
{
in_buf_size = DISK_IO_BLOCK_SIZE;
out_buf_size = io_block_size;
}
else
{
in_buf_size = DISK_IO_BLOCK_SIZE;
out_buf_size = DISK_IO_BLOCK_SIZE;
}
input_buffer = (char *) xmalloc (in_buf_size);
in_buff = input_buffer;
input_buffer_size = in_buf_size;
input_size = 0;
input_bytes = 0;
output_buffer = (char *) xmalloc (out_buf_size);
out_buff = output_buffer;
output_size = 0;
output_bytes = 0;
}
int
main (int argc, char *argv[])
{
setlocale (LC_ALL, "");
bindtextdomain (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR);
textdomain (PACKAGE);
program_name = argv[0];
process_args (argc, argv);
umask (0);
initialize_buffers ();
(*copy_function) ();
if (archive_des >= 0 && rmtclose (archive_des) == -1)
error (1, errno, _("error closing archive"));
exit (0);
}

267
contrib/cpio/src/makepath.c
View File

@ -1,267 +0,0 @@
/* makepath.c -- Ensure that a directory path exists.
Copyright (C) 1990, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */
/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu> and
Jim Meyering <meyering@cs.utexas.edu>. */
/* This copy of makepath is almost like the fileutils one, but has
changes for HPUX CDF's. Maybe the 2 versions of makepath can
come together again in the future. */
#include <system.h>
#include <paxlib.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
/* Ensure that the directory ARGPATH exists.
Remove any trailing slashes from ARGPATH before calling this function.
Make any leading directories that don't already exist, with
permissions PARENT_MODE.
If the last element of ARGPATH does not exist, create it as
a new directory with permissions MODE.
If OWNER and GROUP are non-negative, make them the UID and GID of
created directories.
If VERBOSE_FMT_STRING is nonzero, use it as a printf format
string for printing a message after successfully making a directory,
with the name of the directory that was just made as an argument.
Return 0 if ARGPATH exists as a directory with the proper
ownership and permissions when done, otherwise 1. */
int
make_path (char *argpath,
int mode,
int parent_mode,
uid_t owner,
gid_t group,
char *verbose_fmt_string)
{
char *dirpath; /* A copy we can scribble NULs on. */
struct stat stats;
int retval = 0;
int oldmask = umask (0);
dirpath = alloca (strlen (argpath) + 1);
strcpy (dirpath, argpath);
if (stat (dirpath, &stats))
{
char *slash;
int tmp_mode; /* Initial perms for leading dirs. */
int re_protect; /* Should leading dirs be unwritable? */
struct ptr_list
{
char *dirname_end;
struct ptr_list *next;
};
struct ptr_list *p, *leading_dirs = NULL;
/* If leading directories shouldn't be writable or executable,
or should have set[ug]id or sticky bits set and we are setting
their owners, we need to fix their permissions after making them. */
if (((parent_mode & 0300) != 0300)
|| (owner != (uid_t) -1 && group != (gid_t) -1
&& (parent_mode & 07000) != 0))
{
tmp_mode = 0700;
re_protect = 1;
}
else
{
tmp_mode = parent_mode;
re_protect = 0;
}
slash = dirpath;
while (*slash == '/')
slash++;
while ((slash = strchr (slash, '/')))
{
#ifdef HPUX_CDF
int iscdf;
iscdf = 0;
#endif
*slash = '\0';
if (stat (dirpath, &stats))
{
#ifdef HPUX_CDF
/* If this component of the pathname ends in `+' and is
followed by 2 `/'s, then this is a CDF. We remove the
`+' from the name and create the directory. Later
we will "hide" the directory. */
if ( (*(slash +1) == '/') && (*(slash -1) == '+') )
{
iscdf = 1;
*(slash -1) = '\0';
}
#endif
if (mkdir (dirpath, tmp_mode))
{
error (0, errno, _("cannot make directory `%s'"), dirpath);
umask (oldmask);
return 1;
}
else
{
if (verbose_fmt_string != NULL)
error (0, 0, verbose_fmt_string, dirpath);
if (owner != (uid_t) -1 && group != (gid_t) -1
&& chown (dirpath, owner, group)
#ifdef AFS
&& errno != EPERM
#endif
)
{
chown_error_details (dirpath, owner, group);
retval = 1;
}
if (re_protect)
{
struct ptr_list *new = (struct ptr_list *)
alloca (sizeof (struct ptr_list));
new->dirname_end = slash;
new->next = leading_dirs;
leading_dirs = new;
}
#ifdef HPUX_CDF
if (iscdf)
{
/* If this is a CDF, "hide" the directory by setting
its hidden/setuid bit. Also add the `+' back to
its name (since once it's "hidden" we must refer
to as `name+' instead of `name'). */
chmod (dirpath, 04700);
*(slash - 1) = '+';
}
#endif
}
}
else if (!S_ISDIR (stats.st_mode))
{
error (0, 0, _("`%s' exists but is not a directory"), dirpath);
umask (oldmask);
return 1;
}
*slash++ = '/';
/* Avoid unnecessary calls to `stat' when given
pathnames containing multiple adjacent slashes. */
while (*slash == '/')
slash++;
}
/* We're done making leading directories.
Make the final component of the path. */
if (mkdir (dirpath, mode))
{
/* In some cases, if the final component in dirpath was `.' then we
just got an EEXIST error from that last mkdir(). If that's
the case, ignore it. */
if ( (errno != EEXIST) ||
(stat (dirpath, &stats) != 0) ||
(!S_ISDIR (stats.st_mode) ) )
{
error (0, errno, _("cannot make directory `%s'"), dirpath);
umask (oldmask);
return 1;
}
}
if (verbose_fmt_string != NULL)
error (0, 0, verbose_fmt_string, dirpath);
if (owner != (uid_t) -1 && group != (gid_t) -1)
{
if (chown (dirpath, owner, group)
#ifdef AFS
&& errno != EPERM
#endif
)
{
chown_error_details (dirpath, owner, group);
retval = 1;
}
}
/* chown may have turned off some permission bits we wanted. */
if ((mode & 07000) != 0 && chmod (dirpath, mode))
{
chmod_error_details (dirpath, mode);
retval = 1;
}
/* If the mode for leading directories didn't include owner "wx"
privileges, we have to reset their protections to the correct
value. */
for (p = leading_dirs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
{
*p->dirname_end = '\0';
#if 0
/* cpio always calls make_path with parent mode 0700, so
we don't have to do this. If we ever do have to do this,
we have to stat the directory first to get the setuid
bit so we don't break HP CDF's. */
if (chmod (dirpath, parent_mode))
{
chmod_error_details (dirpath, parent_mode);
retval = 1;
}
#endif
}
}
else
{
/* We get here if the entire path already exists. */
if (!S_ISDIR (stats.st_mode))
{
error (0, 0, _("`%s' exists but is not a directory"), dirpath);
umask (oldmask);
return 1;
}
/* chown must precede chmod because on some systems,
chown clears the set[ug]id bits for non-superusers,
resulting in incorrect permissions.
On System V, users can give away files with chown and then not
be able to chmod them. So don't give files away. */
if (owner != (uid_t) -1 && group != (gid_t) -1
&& chown (dirpath, owner, group)
#ifdef AFS
&& errno != EPERM
#endif
)
{
chown_error_details (dirpath, owner, group);
retval = 1;
}
if (chmod (dirpath, mode))
{
chmod_error_details (dirpath, mode);
retval = 1;
}
}
umask (oldmask);
return retval;
}

1
contrib/cpio/src/safe-stat.h
View File

@ -1 +0,0 @@
#define SAFE_STAT(path,pbuf) stat(path,pbuf)

494
contrib/cpio/src/tar.c
View File

@ -1,494 +0,0 @@
/* $FreeBSD$ */
/* tar.c - read in write tar headers for cpio
Copyright (C) 1992, 2001, 2004, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free
Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */
#include <system.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include "filetypes.h"
#include "cpiohdr.h"
#include "dstring.h"
#include "extern.h"
#include <rmt.h>
#include "tarhdr.h"
/* Stash the tar linkname in static storage. */
static char *
stash_tar_linkname (char *linkname)
{
static char hold_tar_linkname[TARLINKNAMESIZE + 1];
strncpy (hold_tar_linkname, linkname, TARLINKNAMESIZE);
hold_tar_linkname[TARLINKNAMESIZE] = '\0';
return hold_tar_linkname;
}
/* Try to split a long file name into prefix and suffix parts separated
by a slash. Return the length of the prefix (not counting the slash). */
static size_t
split_long_name (const char *name, size_t length)
{
size_t i;
if (length > TARPREFIXSIZE)
length = TARPREFIXSIZE+2;
for (i = length - 1; i > 0; i--)
if (name[i] == '/')
break;
return i;
}
/* Stash the tar filename and optional prefix in static storage. */
static char *
stash_tar_filename (char *prefix, char *filename)
{
static char hold_tar_filename[TARNAMESIZE + TARPREFIXSIZE + 2];
if (prefix == NULL || *prefix == '\0')
{
strncpy (hold_tar_filename, filename, TARNAMESIZE);
hold_tar_filename[TARNAMESIZE] = '\0';
}
else
{
strncpy (hold_tar_filename, prefix, TARPREFIXSIZE);
hold_tar_filename[TARPREFIXSIZE] = '\0';
strcat (hold_tar_filename, "/");
strncat (hold_tar_filename, filename, TARNAMESIZE);
hold_tar_filename[TARPREFIXSIZE + TARNAMESIZE] = '\0';
}
return hold_tar_filename;
}
/* Convert a number into a string of octal digits.
Convert long VALUE into a DIGITS-digit field at WHERE,
including a trailing space and room for a NUL. DIGITS==3 means
1 digit, a space, and room for a NUL.
We assume the trailing NUL is already there and don't fill it in.
This fact is used by start_header and finish_header, so don't change it!
This is be equivalent to:
sprintf (where, "%*lo ", digits - 2, value);
except that sprintf fills in the trailing NUL and we don't. */
static void
to_oct (register long value, register int digits, register char *where)
{
--digits; /* Leave the trailing NUL slot alone. */
/* Produce the digits -- at least one. */
do
{
where[--digits] = '0' + (char) (value & 7); /* One octal digit. */
value >>= 3;
}
while (digits > 0 && value != 0);
/* Add leading zeroes, if necessary. */
while (digits > 0)
where[--digits] = '0';
}
/* Compute and return a checksum for TAR_HDR,
counting the checksum bytes as if they were spaces. */
unsigned int
tar_checksum (struct tar_header *tar_hdr)
{
unsigned int sum = 0;
char *p = (char *) tar_hdr;
char *q = p + TARRECORDSIZE;
int i;
while (p < tar_hdr->chksum)
sum += *p++ & 0xff;
for (i = 0; i < 8; ++i)
{
sum += ' ';
++p;
}
while (p < q)
sum += *p++ & 0xff;
return sum;
}
/* Write out header FILE_HDR, including the file name, to file
descriptor OUT_DES. */
void
write_out_tar_header (struct cpio_file_stat *file_hdr, int out_des)
{
int name_len;
union tar_record tar_rec;
struct tar_header *tar_hdr = (struct tar_header *) &tar_rec;
memset (&tar_rec, 0, sizeof tar_rec);
/* process_copy_out must ensure that file_hdr->c_name is short enough,
or we will lose here. */
name_len = strlen (file_hdr->c_name);
if (name_len <= TARNAMESIZE)
{
strncpy (tar_hdr->name, file_hdr->c_name, name_len);
}
else
{
/* Fit as much as we can into `name', the rest into `prefix'. */
int prefix_len = split_long_name (file_hdr->c_name, name_len);
strncpy (tar_hdr->prefix, file_hdr->c_name, prefix_len);
strncpy (tar_hdr->name, file_hdr->c_name + prefix_len + 1,
name_len - prefix_len - 1);
}
/* Ustar standard (POSIX.1-1988) requires the mode to contain only 3 octal
digits */
to_oct (file_hdr->c_mode & MODE_ALL, 8, tar_hdr->mode);
to_oct (file_hdr->c_uid, 8, tar_hdr->uid);
to_oct (file_hdr->c_gid, 8, tar_hdr->gid);
to_oct (file_hdr->c_filesize, 12, tar_hdr->size);
to_oct (file_hdr->c_mtime, 12, tar_hdr->mtime);
switch (file_hdr->c_mode & CP_IFMT)
{
case CP_IFREG:
if (file_hdr->c_tar_linkname)
{
/* process_copy_out makes sure that c_tar_linkname is shorter
than TARLINKNAMESIZE. */
strncpy (tar_hdr->linkname, file_hdr->c_tar_linkname,
TARLINKNAMESIZE);
tar_hdr->typeflag = LNKTYPE;
to_oct (0, 12, tar_hdr->size);
}
else
tar_hdr->typeflag = REGTYPE;
break;
case CP_IFDIR:
tar_hdr->typeflag = DIRTYPE;
break;
case CP_IFCHR:
tar_hdr->typeflag = CHRTYPE;
break;
case CP_IFBLK:
tar_hdr->typeflag = BLKTYPE;
break;
#ifdef CP_IFIFO
case CP_IFIFO:
tar_hdr->typeflag = FIFOTYPE;
break;
#endif /* CP_IFIFO */
#ifdef CP_IFLNK
case CP_IFLNK:
tar_hdr->typeflag = SYMTYPE;
/* process_copy_out makes sure that c_tar_linkname is shorter
than TARLINKNAMESIZE. */
strncpy (tar_hdr->linkname, file_hdr->c_tar_linkname,
TARLINKNAMESIZE);
to_oct (0, 12, tar_hdr->size);
break;
#endif /* CP_IFLNK */
}
if (archive_format == arf_ustar)
{
char *name;
strncpy (tar_hdr->magic, TMAGIC, TMAGLEN);
strncpy (tar_hdr->magic + TMAGLEN, TVERSION, TVERSLEN);
name = getuser (file_hdr->c_uid);
if (name)
strcpy (tar_hdr->uname, name);
name = getgroup (file_hdr->c_gid);
if (name)
strcpy (tar_hdr->gname, name);
to_oct (file_hdr->c_rdev_maj, 8, tar_hdr->devmajor);
to_oct (file_hdr->c_rdev_min, 8, tar_hdr->devminor);
}
to_oct (tar_checksum (tar_hdr), 8, tar_hdr->chksum);
tape_buffered_write ((char *) &tar_rec, out_des, TARRECORDSIZE);
}
/* Return nonzero iff all the bytes in BLOCK are NUL.
SIZE is the number of bytes to check in BLOCK; it must be a
multiple of sizeof (long). */
int
null_block (long *block, int size)
{
register long *p = block;
register int i = size / sizeof (long);
while (i--)
if (*p++)
return 0;
return 1;
}
/* Read a tar header, including the file name, from file descriptor IN_DES
into FILE_HDR. */
void
read_in_tar_header (struct cpio_file_stat *file_hdr, int in_des)
{
long bytes_skipped = 0;
int warned = false;
union tar_record tar_rec;
struct tar_header *tar_hdr = (struct tar_header *) &tar_rec;
uid_t *uidp;
gid_t *gidp;
tape_buffered_read ((char *) &tar_rec, in_des, TARRECORDSIZE);
/* Check for a block of 0's. */
if (null_block ((long *) &tar_rec, TARRECORDSIZE))
{
#if 0
/* Found one block of 512 0's. If the next block is also all 0's
then this is the end of the archive. If not, assume the
previous block was all corruption and continue reading
the archive. */
/* Commented out because GNU tar sometimes creates archives with
only one block of 0's at the end. This happened for the
cpio 2.0 distribution! */
tape_buffered_read ((char *) &tar_rec, in_des, TARRECORDSIZE);
if (null_block ((long *) &tar_rec, TARRECORDSIZE))
#endif
{
file_hdr->c_name = CPIO_TRAILER_NAME;
return;
}
#if 0
bytes_skipped = TARRECORDSIZE;
#endif
}
while (1)
{
file_hdr->c_chksum = FROM_OCTAL (tar_hdr->chksum);
if (file_hdr->c_chksum != tar_checksum (tar_hdr))
{
/* If the checksum is bad, skip 1 byte and try again. When
we try again we do not look for an EOF record (all zeros),
because when we start skipping bytes in a corrupted archive
the chances are pretty good that we might stumble across
2 blocks of 512 zeros (that probably is not really the last
record) and it is better to miss the EOF and give the user
a "premature EOF" error than to give up too soon on a corrupted
archive. */
if (!warned)
{
error (0, 0, _("invalid header: checksum error"));
warned = true;
}
memmove (&tar_rec, ((char *) &tar_rec) + 1, TARRECORDSIZE - 1);
tape_buffered_read (((char *) &tar_rec) + (TARRECORDSIZE - 1), in_des, 1);
++bytes_skipped;
continue;
}
if (archive_format != arf_ustar)
file_hdr->c_name = stash_tar_filename (NULL, tar_hdr->name);
else
file_hdr->c_name = stash_tar_filename (tar_hdr->prefix, tar_hdr->name);
file_hdr->c_nlink = 1;
file_hdr->c_mode = FROM_OCTAL (tar_hdr->mode);
file_hdr->c_mode = file_hdr->c_mode & 07777;
/* Debian hack: This version of cpio uses the -n flag also to extract
tar archives using the numeric UID/GID instead of the user/group
names in /etc/passwd and /etc/groups. (98/10/15) -BEM */
if (archive_format == arf_ustar && !numeric_uid
&& (uidp = getuidbyname (tar_hdr->uname)))
file_hdr->c_uid = *uidp;
else
file_hdr->c_uid = FROM_OCTAL (tar_hdr->uid);
if (archive_format == arf_ustar && !numeric_uid
&& (gidp = getgidbyname (tar_hdr->gname)))
file_hdr->c_gid = *gidp;
else
file_hdr->c_gid = FROM_OCTAL (tar_hdr->gid);
file_hdr->c_filesize = FROM_OCTAL (tar_hdr->size);
file_hdr->c_mtime = FROM_OCTAL (tar_hdr->mtime);
file_hdr->c_rdev_maj = FROM_OCTAL (tar_hdr->devmajor);
file_hdr->c_rdev_min = FROM_OCTAL (tar_hdr->devminor);
file_hdr->c_tar_linkname = NULL;
switch (tar_hdr->typeflag)
{
case REGTYPE:
case CONTTYPE: /* For now, punt. */
default:
file_hdr->c_mode |= CP_IFREG;
break;
case DIRTYPE:
file_hdr->c_mode |= CP_IFDIR;
break;
case CHRTYPE:
file_hdr->c_mode |= CP_IFCHR;
/* If a POSIX tar header has a valid linkname it's always supposed
to set typeflag to be LNKTYPE. System V.4 tar seems to
be broken, and for device files with multiple links it
puts the name of the link into linkname, but leaves typeflag
as CHRTYPE, BLKTYPE, FIFOTYPE, etc. */
file_hdr->c_tar_linkname = stash_tar_linkname (tar_hdr->linkname);
/* Does POSIX say that the filesize must be 0 for devices? We
assume so, but HPUX's POSIX tar sets it to be 1 which causes
us problems (when reading an archive we assume we can always
skip to the next file by skipping filesize bytes). For
now at least, it's easier to clear filesize for devices,
rather than check everywhere we skip in copyin.c. */
file_hdr->c_filesize = 0;
break;
case BLKTYPE:
file_hdr->c_mode |= CP_IFBLK;
file_hdr->c_tar_linkname = stash_tar_linkname (tar_hdr->linkname);
file_hdr->c_filesize = 0;
break;
#ifdef CP_IFIFO
case FIFOTYPE:
file_hdr->c_mode |= CP_IFIFO;
file_hdr->c_tar_linkname = stash_tar_linkname (tar_hdr->linkname);
file_hdr->c_filesize = 0;
break;
#endif
case SYMTYPE:
#ifdef CP_IFLNK
file_hdr->c_mode |= CP_IFLNK;
file_hdr->c_tar_linkname = stash_tar_linkname (tar_hdr->linkname);
file_hdr->c_filesize = 0;
break;
/* Else fall through. */
#endif
case LNKTYPE:
file_hdr->c_mode |= CP_IFREG;
file_hdr->c_tar_linkname = stash_tar_linkname (tar_hdr->linkname);
file_hdr->c_filesize = 0;
break;
case AREGTYPE:
/* Old tar format; if the last char in filename is '/' then it is
a directory, otherwise it's a regular file. */
if (file_hdr->c_name[strlen (file_hdr->c_name) - 1] == '/')
file_hdr->c_mode |= CP_IFDIR;
else
file_hdr->c_mode |= CP_IFREG;
break;
case 'x': case 'g':
/* Ignore pax 'x' and 'g' extension entries. */
/* Skip body of this entry. */
while (file_hdr->c_filesize > 0) {
tape_buffered_read(((char *) &tar_rec), in_des, TARRECORDSIZE);
if (file_hdr->c_filesize > TARRECORDSIZE)
file_hdr->c_filesize -= TARRECORDSIZE;
else
file_hdr->c_filesize = 0;
}
/* Read next header and return that instead. */
read_in_tar_header(file_hdr, in_des);
break;
}
break;
}
if (bytes_skipped > 0)
warn_junk_bytes (bytes_skipped);
}
/* Return
2 if BUF is a valid POSIX tar header (the checksum is correct
and it has the "ustar" magic string),
1 if BUF is a valid old tar header (the checksum is correct),
0 otherwise. */
int
is_tar_header (char *buf)
{
struct tar_header *tar_hdr = (struct tar_header *) buf;
unsigned long chksum;
chksum = FROM_OCTAL (tar_hdr->chksum);
if (chksum != tar_checksum (tar_hdr))
return 0;
/* GNU tar 1.10 and previous set the magic field to be "ustar " instead
of "ustar\0". Only look at the first 5 characters of the magic
field so we can recognize old GNU tar ustar archives. */
if (!strncmp (tar_hdr->magic, TMAGIC, TMAGLEN - 1))
return 2;
return 1;
}
/* Return true if the filename is too long to fit in a tar header.
For old tar headers, if the filename's length is less than or equal
to 100 then it will fit, otherwise it will not. For POSIX tar headers,
if the filename's length is less than or equal to 100 then it
will definitely fit, and if it is greater than 256 then it
will definitely not fit. If the length is between 100 and 256,
then the filename will fit only if it is possible to break it
into a 155 character "prefix" and 100 character "name". There
must be a slash between the "prefix" and the "name", although
the slash is not stored or counted in either the "prefix" or
the "name", and there must be at least one character in both
the "prefix" and the "name". If it is not possible to break down
the filename like this then it will not fit. */
int
is_tar_filename_too_long (char *name)
{
int whole_name_len;
int prefix_name_len;
whole_name_len = strlen (name);
if (whole_name_len <= TARNAMESIZE)
return false;
if (archive_format != arf_ustar)
return true;
if (whole_name_len > TARNAMESIZE + TARPREFIXSIZE + 1)
return true;
/* See whether we can split up the name into acceptably-sized
`prefix' and `name' (`p') pieces. */
prefix_name_len = split_long_name (name, whole_name_len);
/* Interestingly, a name consisting of a slash followed by
TARNAMESIZE characters can't be stored, because the prefix
would be empty, and thus ignored. */
if (prefix_name_len == 0
|| whole_name_len - prefix_name_len - 1 > TARNAMESIZE)
return true;
return false;
}

112
contrib/cpio/src/tar.h
View File

@ -1,112 +0,0 @@
/* Extended tar format from POSIX.1.
Copyright (C) 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by David J. MacKenzie.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
License, or (at your option) any later version.
The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General
Public License along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.
If not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin
Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. */
#ifndef _TAR_H
#define _TAR_H 1
/* A tar archive consists of 512-byte blocks.
Each file in the archive has a header block followed by 0+ data blocks.
Two blocks of NUL bytes indicate the end of the archive. */
/* The fields of header blocks:
All strings are stored as ISO 646 (approximately ASCII) strings.
Fields are numeric unless otherwise noted below; numbers are ISO 646
representations of octal numbers, with leading zeros as needed.
linkname is only valid when typeflag==LNKTYPE. It doesn't use prefix;
files that are links to pathnames >100 chars long can not be stored
in a tar archive.
If typeflag=={LNKTYPE,SYMTYPE,DIRTYPE} then size must be 0.
devmajor and devminor are only valid for typeflag=={BLKTYPE,CHRTYPE}.
chksum contains the sum of all 512 bytes in the header block,
treating each byte as an 8-bit unsigned value and treating the
8 bytes of chksum as blank characters.
uname and gname are used in preference to uid and gid, if those
names exist locally.
Field Name Byte Offset Length in Bytes Field Type
name 0 100 NUL-terminated if NUL fits
mode 100 8
uid 108 8
gid 116 8
size 124 12
mtime 136 12
chksum 148 8
typeflag 156 1 see below
linkname 157 100 NUL-terminated if NUL fits
magic 257 6 must be TMAGIC (NUL term.)
version 263 2 must be TVERSION
uname 265 32 NUL-terminated
gname 297 32 NUL-terminated
devmajor 329 8
devminor 337 8
prefix 345 155 NUL-terminated if NUL fits
If the first character of prefix is '\0', the file name is name;
otherwise, it is prefix/name. Files whose pathnames don't fit in that
length can not be stored in a tar archive. */
/* The bits in mode: */
#define TSUID 04000
#define TSGID 02000
#define TSVTX 01000
#define TUREAD 00400
#define TUWRITE 00200
#define TUEXEC 00100
#define TGREAD 00040
#define TGWRITE 00020
#define TGEXEC 00010
#define TOREAD 00004
#define TOWRITE 00002
#define TOEXEC 00001
/* The values for typeflag:
Values 'A'-'Z' are reserved for custom implementations.
All other values are reserved for future POSIX.1 revisions. */
#define REGTYPE '0' /* Regular file (preferred code). */
#define AREGTYPE '\0' /* Regular file (alternate code). */
#define LNKTYPE '1' /* Hard link. */
#define SYMTYPE '2' /* Symbolic link (hard if not supported). */
#define CHRTYPE '3' /* Character special. */
#define BLKTYPE '4' /* Block special. */
#define DIRTYPE '5' /* Directory. */
#define FIFOTYPE '6' /* Named pipe. */
#define CONTTYPE '7' /* Contiguous file */
/* (regular file if not supported). */
/* Contents of magic field and its length. */
#define TMAGIC "ustar"
#define TMAGLEN 6
/* Contents of the version field and its length. */
#define TVERSION "00"
#define TVERSLEN 2
#endif /* tar.h */

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More